Furuno SSB Operator's Manual PDF

SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
FS-1570 (150 W) FS-2570 (250 W)
Your Local Agent/Dealer 9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya, Japan Telephone : Telefax : 0798-65-2111 0798-65-4200
All rights reserved.
Printed in Japan
FIRST EDITION : OCT. 2002 C : FEB. 03,2003
PUB.No. OME-56360 ( DAMI ) FS-1570/2570
*00080933800* *00080933800*
*00080933800*
*OME56360C00* *OME56360C00*
*OME56360C0*
Distress Alert Calling Procedure

Below is the procedure for transmitting a distress alert via radiotelephone. Transmit the distress alert when a life-endangering situation occurs on your vessel. 1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button more than three seconds to show the following display, then release the [DISTRESS] button.
Distress call in progress!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 2182.0 KHZ DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
30S
2. After the distress call has been transmitted, the following displays appear in order.
Wait for distress acknowledgement.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 2182.0 KHZ TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
2187.5 KHZ
Distress acknowledge call received.

When distress call is acknowledged by coast station (usually within 1 min to 2 min 45 seconds)
FROM COAST: 001234567 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 2182.0 KHZ TELEPHONE STOP ALARM
2M10S
3. The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. 4. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone as below. (In the dual control unit system, communication can be done from any control unit, after the distress alert has been transmitted. To restore priority to the #1 control unit after completion of distress communications, turn it off and on again.)
a) b) c) d) Say MAYDAY three times. Say This is name of your vessel and your call sign three times. Give nature of distress and assistance needed. Give description of your vessel (type, number of persons onboard, etc.) and any other information which may aid in rescue.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
DANGER
Never touch the SSB antenna, antenna coupler or lead-in insulator when the SSB radiotelephone is transmitting. High voltage which will cause death or serious injury is present at the locations shown in the illustration below when the SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.
Indoor Antenna Wire (High Voltage) Antenna Coupler Antenna Wire
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Do not open the equipment. Only qualified personnel should work inside the equipment. Immediately turn off the power at the switchboard if water leaks into the equipment or something is dropped in the equipment. Continued use of the equipment can cause fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO agent for service. Do not disassemble or modify the equipment. Fire, electrical shock or serious injury can result. Immediately turn off the power at the switchboard if the equipment is emitting smoke or fire. Continued use of the equipment can cause fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO agent for service. Do not operate the equipment with wet hands. Electrical shock can result.
Lead-in Insulator (High Voltage)
CAUTION
Use the proper fuse. Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious damage to the equipment and void the warranty.
ii
CAUTION
Do not operate the [DISTRESS] button except in case of a life-endangering situation on your vessel. If the distress alert is accidentally transmitted, contact the nearest coast station and inform them of the accidental transmission as follows: a) Ship's name b) Ship's call sign and DSC number c) Position at time of transmission d) Time of transmission This equipment is intended for maritime use. Do not use it in other applications.
WARNING LABEL
A warning label is attached to the transceiver unit and a danger label is attached to the antenna coupler. Do not remove the labels. If a label is missing or illegible, contact a FURUNO agent or dealer about replacement.
WARNING
To avoid electrical shock, do not remove cover. No user-serviceable parts inside.
Name: Warning Label (1) Type: 86-003-1011-1 Code No.: 100-236-231
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
DANGER
Hazardous voltage. Can shock, burn, or cause death. Do not touch antenna wire, insulator and terminal.
Name: Danger Label Type: 05-062-0213-0 Code No.: 100-199-230
ANTENNA COUPLER
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ....................................................................................... iv FOREWORD ........................................................................................................ ix SYSTEM CONFIGURATION................................................................................ xi SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................... SP-1 1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW......................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Controls....................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Turning the Power On/Off ............................................................................................ 1-2 1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast....................................................................................... 1-2 1.4 Indications ................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.4.1 DSC standby screen......................................................................................... 1-3 1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen..................................................................................... 1-3 1.5 Loudspeaker................................................................................................................ 1-4 1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies ........................................................................... 1-4 1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off.................................................................................... 1-4 1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time .............................................................................. 1-5 1.9 System Characteristics ................................................................................................ 1-7 1.9.1 Equipment priority............................................................................................. 1-7 1.9.2 Controls become inoperative ............................................................................ 1-7 1.9.3 Controls become operative............................................................................... 1-7 1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency............................................................. 1-7 1.10 Power Supply Unit (option) ........................................................................................ 1-8
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE ............................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Transmitting................................................................................................................. 2-1 2.1.1 Choosing class of emission .............................................................................. 2-1 2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency ........................................................................... 2-2 2.1.3 Tuning .............................................................................................................. 2-3 2.1.4 Using the handset............................................................................................. 2-4 2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power................................................................. 2-4 2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power.............................................................................. 2-5 2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF .............................................................................. 2-5 2.2 Receiving..................................................................................................................... 2-6 2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment........................................................................ 2-6 2.2.2 S-meter ............................................................................................................ 2-6 2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency.............................................. 2-6 2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations ................................................................. 2-6 2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency .................................................................. 2-7 2.2.6 Noise blanker ................................................................................................... 2-7 2.3 Intercom ...................................................................................................................... 2-8 2.4 Telex Communications................................................................................................. 2-8 2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails ...................................................................................... 2-9
iv
2.6 User Channels ........................................................................................................... 2-10 2.6.1 Registering user channels............................................................................... 2-10 2.6.2 Deleting user channels.................................................................................... 2-12 2.7 FAX Enable/Disable ................................................................................................... 2-12 2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook ....................................................................................... 2-13
3 DSC OVERVIEW ........................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 What is DSC? .............................................................................................................. 3-1 3.2 DSC Call ...................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply ............................................................................... 3-3 3.2.2 Individual call .................................................................................................... 3-4 3.3 Audio Alarms................................................................................................................ 3-4 3.4 Interpreting Call Displays ............................................................................................. 3-5 3.4.1 Receive calls..................................................................................................... 3-5 3.4.2 Send calls ......................................................................................................... 3-7
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS ............................................................................ 4-1

4.1 Sending Distress Alert.................................................................................................. 4-1 4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified.... 4-1 4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified.......... 4-3 4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert ............................................................................................ 4-6 4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band................................................................... 4-7 4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band ................................................................... 4-9 4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress.............................................. 4-13 4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station ............................................................ 4-13 4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships ................................................................... 4-16 4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships............................................................................. 4-19 4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station ............................................................. 4-19
5 CALLING, RECEIVING.................................................................................. 5-1

5.1 All Ships Call ................................................................................................................ 5-1 5.1.1 Sending an all ships call.................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call ................................................................................. 5-3 5.2 Individual Call............................................................................................................... 5-4 5.2.1 Sending an individual call.................................................................................. 5-4 5.2.2 Receiving an individual call ............................................................................. 5-10 5.3 Group Call.................................................................................................................. 5-15 5.3.1 Sending a group call ....................................................................................... 5-15 5.3.2 Receiving a group call..................................................................................... 5-18 5.4 Geographical Area Call .............................................................................................. 5-19 5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call .................................................................... 5-19 5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call.................................................................. 5-22 5.5 Neutral Craft Call........................................................................................................ 5-23 5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call.............................................................................. 5-23 5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call ........................................................................... 5-25 5.6 Medical Transport Call ............................................................................................... 5-26 5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call ..................................................................... 5-26 5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call................................................................... 5-27
5.7 Polling Call ................................................................................................................ 5-28 5.7.1 Sending a polling call...................................................................................... 5-28 5.7.2 Receiving a polling call ................................................................................... 5-31 5.8 Position Call .............................................................................................................. 5-33 5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ships position.................................................. 5-34 5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position ............................................... 5-36 5.9 PSTN Call.................................................................................................................. 5-38 5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ........................... 5-38 5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ....................... 5-42 5.9.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (ship disconnects line)5-43 5.9.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (coast station disconnects line)...................................................................................................... 5-44 5.10 Log File.................................................................................................................... 5-45 5.10.1 Opening a log file.......................................................................................... 5-45 5.11 Erasing Message Files............................................................................................. 5-46
6 PREPARING TX CALLS ............................................................................... 6-1

6.1 Preparing Individual Calls ............................................................................................ 6-1 6.2 Preparing Group Calls ................................................................................................. 6-4 6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls.............................................................................. 6-5 6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls.................................................................................................. 6-7 6.5 Preparing Test Calls..................................................................................................... 6-8 6.6 Sending Prepared Calls............................................................................................... 6-9 6.7 Deleting Send Message Files .................................................................................... 6-10 6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files........................................................................... 6-10
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP ................................................................. 7-1

7.1 Setting Alarms ............................................................................................................. 7-1 7.2 Auto Ack Menu............................................................................................................. 7-2 7.3 Printing Messages ....................................................................................................... 7-2 7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies............................................................................................ 7-3 7.4.1 Distress frequencies ......................................................................................... 7-3 7.4.2 Routine frequencies.......................................................................................... 7-4 7.5 Adjusting Volume ......................................................................................................... 7-5
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW......................................................................... 8-1

8.1 Turning on the NBDP System ...................................................................................... 8-1 8.2 Description of Equipment............................................................................................. 8-2 8.2.1 Terminal unit ..................................................................................................... 8-2 8.2.2 Keyboard.......................................................................................................... 8-3 8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation .................................................................................. 8-4 8.3.1 Menu conventions ............................................................................................ 8-4 8.3.2 Menu overview ................................................................................................. 8-5 8.3.3 Function key description................................................................................... 8-6
vi
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS................................................................................ 9-1

9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes .................................................................. 9-1 9.1.1 Registering answerback code ........................................................................... 9-1 9.1.2 Registering ID codes......................................................................................... 9-2 9.2 Station List ................................................................................................................... 9-2 9.2.1 Registering stations........................................................................................... 9-3 9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations.................................................................................... 9-4 9.3 Timer Programming...................................................................................................... 9-5 9.3.1 Registering timer programs............................................................................... 9-5 9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs ........................................................................ 9-6 9.4 User Channels ............................................................................................................. 9-6 9.4.1 Registering user channels................................................................................. 9-6 9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels.......................................................................... 9-7 9.5 Scan Channel Groups.................................................................................................. 9-7 9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups ...................................................................... 9-7 9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups ............................................................... 9-8
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS.......................................................................... 10-1

10.1 Opening and Closing Files ....................................................................................... 10-1 10.2 Creating Files........................................................................................................... 10-1 10.3 Saving a File ............................................................................................................ 10-3 10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks ................................................................................. 10-3 10.3.2 Saving a file .................................................................................................. 10-4 10.4 Editing Files ............................................................................................................. 10-5 10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text ................................................................................ 10-5 10.4.2 Copying and pasting text............................................................................... 10-6 10.4.3 Select all ....................................................................................................... 10-6 10.4.4 Searching text............................................................................................... 10-6 10.4.5 Replacing text ............................................................................................... 10-7 10.4.6 Goto line ....................................................................................................... 10-7 10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom................................................................................... 10-8 10.5 Opening Files........................................................................................................... 10-8 10.5.1 Opening a file................................................................................................ 10-8 10.5.2 Switching between files................................................................................. 10-8 10.6 Renaming Files ........................................................................................................ 10-9 10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name ............................................................................ 10-9 10.8 Deleting Files ........................................................................................................... 10-9 10.9 Real Time Printing.................................................................................................... 10-9 10.10 Printing Files ........................................................................................................ 10-10
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING ......................................................... 11-1

11.1 Manual Calling ......................................................................................................... 11-1 11.2 ARQ Mode Operation ............................................................................................... 11-3 11.3 FEC Mode Operation................................................................................................ 11-5 11.4 Choosing Receive Mode .......................................................................................... 11-5 11.5 Communication Example.......................................................................................... 11-6
vii
11.6 Timer Operation ........................................................................................................11-8 11.6.1 Enabling timer operation ................................................................................11-8 11.6.2 Stopping timer operation ................................................................................11-9 11.7 Scanning...................................................................................................................11-9 11.8 Communication Buffer.............................................................................................11-10 11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex ................................................................11-10 11.9.1 Automatic telex overview .............................................................................11-10 11.9.2 Preparations ................................................................................................ 11-11 11.9.3 Commands ..................................................................................................11-12 11.9.4 Store-and-forward method ...........................................................................11-13 DIRTLX macrofile ...................................................................................................11-15 11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile ............................................................................11-17
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................. 12-1

12.1 Daily Test................................................................................................................. 12-1 12.2 Radiotelephone Test ................................................................................................ 12-2 12.3 Antenna Coupler Test .............................................................................................. 12-2 12.4 Maintenance............................................................................................................ 12-3 12.5 Replacement of Fuses............................................................................................. 12-4 12.6 Simple Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 12-5 12.7 Error Messages ....................................................................................................... 12-5 12.8 Test Call................................................................................................................... 12-7 12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance............................................................................ 12-9 12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment................................................................................ 12-9 12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection ................................................................. 12-9 12.9.3 Floppy disk drive........................................................................................... 12-9 12.9.4 Diagnostics................................................................................................. 12-10
APPENDIX ...................................................................................................... AP-1

Menu Tree .......................................................................................................................AP-1 Frequency Tables ............................................................................................................AP-4 Telex Abbreviations..............................................................................................................17 Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1)........................................................................................AP18 Parts List ........................................................................................................................AP23 Parts Location ................................................................................................................AP26
INDEX............................................................................................................... IN-1
viii
FOREWORD
Thank you for purchasing the FS-1570 (150 W)/FS-2570 (250 W) SSB Radiotelephone. We are confident you will discover why FURUNO has become synonymous with quality and reliability. Dedicated in the design and manufacture of marine electronics equipment for over half a century, FURUNO Electric Company has gained an unrivaled reputation as a world leader in the industry. This is the result of our technical excellence as well as our worldwide distribution and service network. Please carefully read and follow the safety information and operating and maintenance instructions set forth in this manual before attempting to operate the equipment and conduct any maintenance. Your unit will perform to the utmost of its ability only if it is operated and maintained in accordance with the correct procedures. Note: The example screens shown in this manual may not match the screens you see on your display. The screen you see depends on your system configuration and equipment settings.
Features
The FS-1570/FS-2570 is an MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone with a built-in DSC/Watch Receiver, all contained in a surprisingly compact cabinet. An NBDP (Narrow Band Direct Printing) Terminal Unit is optionally available. Data is displayed on a large, easy-to-read backlit LCD. Operation is simplified by the use of few keys and easy-to-follow menus. The built-in DSC/watch receiver produces and receives digital selective calls for quick and efficient establishment of distress, urgency, safety and routine communications with other ships and coast stations that install any MF/HF DSC facilities. The main features are General
Fully meets the following regulations: IMO A.694(17), IMO A.804(19), IMO A.806(19), IMO A.813(19), IMO MSC 68(68), IEC 60945, IEC 61907-3/8/9, IEC-61162-1, EIV-300/338, ITU-R M.493-10, M.541-8, M.1082-1, EN 300 373, EN 300 338, EN 300 033 and ETS 300 067. One-touch testing facility Automatic entry of position with manual override Optional printer can automatically print out DSC and NBDP received messages and test results.
ix
DSC/watch receiver
Distress, safety and routine calling Scanning of DSC frequencies for distress and general calls on MF/HF File editing capability for readiness in case of emergency PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) capability standard Log stores 50 each of latest ordinary, distress and transmitted messages, in separate memory blocks.
NBDP (with optional NBDP Terminal Unit IB-581/IB-583)
Automatic error-free telex communications and distress message in compliance with GMDSS requirements LCD monitor and keyboard comply with ITU regulations Pop-up menus for user-friendly operation Memory for 100 operator-customized channels Real time message printing with Printer PP-510
Program Number
PC Board MAIN (Transceiver Unit) PANEL 1 (#1 Control Unit) PANEL 2 (#2 Control Unit) MODEM (DSC) NBDP MODEM Program No. 0550205101 0550206101 0550206101 0550207101 0550208101 On Display Ver. 01 Ver. 01 Ver. 01 Ver. 01 Ver. 01 Remarks FS-1570T/FS-2570T FS-2570C Optional unit
Optional pcb
Terminal Unit IB-581 (optional unit) PC Board Terminal Unit Program No. 0550210122 On Display Ver. 1.22 Remarks
Terminal Unit IB-583 (optional unit) PC Board Terminal Unit Program No. 0550209122 On Display Ver. 1.22 Remarks
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
FS-2570 (250 W)
*
# = 2.6 m whip antenna
**
# PREAMP FAX-5 Antenna Coupler AT-1560-25
# PREAMP FAX-5
NAVIGATOR
RX BOARD**
CONTROLLER 1
LOUDSPEAKER SEM-21Q CONTROL UNIT FS-2570C HANDSET HS-2001 PRINTER PP-510
INCOMING INDICATOR IC-303-DSC TRANSCEIVER UNIT FS-2570T TELEX DISTRESS ALERT BUTTON IC-302-DSC or DISTRESS MESSAGE CONTROLLER DMC-5
NBDP TERMINAL UNIT IB-581/IB-583

24 VDC
PRINTER INTERFACE IF-8500*
24 VDC
* = Required for NBDP Terminal and DSC to share printer.
CONTROLLER 2
CONTROL UNIT FS-2570C
* = For distress watch keeping receiver ** = For DSC general frequency watch keeping receiver
AC/DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT PR-850A
POWER STATUS MONITOR PSM-01
Unit Preamp Unit Antenna Coupler Other Units
SHIP'S MAINS 24 VDC 100-115/200-230 VAC 1, 50/60 Hz Category Exposed to weather Exposed to weather Protected from weather
: STANDARD : OPTION : EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
xi
FS-1570 (150 W)
#
2.6 m whip antenna
PREAMP FAX-5
Antenna Coupler AT-1560-25
NAVIGATOR
CONTROLLER 1
LOUDSPEAKER SEM-21Q CONTROL UNIT FS-2570C HANDSET HS-2001 PRINTER PP-510 NBDP TERMINAL UNIT IB-581/IB-583
24 VDC
INCOMING INDICATOR IC-303-DSC TRANSCEIVER UNIT FS-1570T
TELEX DISTRESS ALERT BUTTON IC-302-DSC or DISTRESS MESSAGE CONTROLLER DMC-5
PRINTER INTERFACE IF-8500*
24 VDC
* = Required for NBDP Terminal and DSC to share printer.
CONTROLLER 2
# = For distress watch keeping receiver
AC/DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT PR-300 SHIP'S MAINS 24 VDC 100-115/200-230 VAC 1, 50/60 Hz
Unit Preamp Unit Antenna Coupler Other Units Category Exposed to weather Exposed to weather Protected from weather
POWER STATUS MONITOR PSM-01
: STANDARD : OPTION : EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
xii
SPECIFICATIONS OF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE FS-1570/2570

1 MF/HF DIGITAL RADIOTELEPHONE 1.1 GENERAL
1.1.1 1.1.2 Communication System Class of Emission Semi-duplex or simplex J3E: Telephone J2B (F1B): DSC or NBDP H3E: reception only 1.1.3 1.1.4 Frequency Range Number of Channel 100.00 kHz to 29,999.99 kHz User programmable: 255 TX/RX pairs All ITU channels incorporated (include DSC/NBDP channels) 2182 kHz (single action) 1.1.5 1.1.6 1.1.7 1.1.8 Display Method Backlight Contrast Warming up Monochrome LCD (120 x 64 dots) 8 tones 64 steps 1 minute approx. (oven 20 minutes approx.)
1.2 TRANSMITTER
1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 Frequency Range RF output Power Frequency Resolution Modulation System AF Input Line in 1,606.5 kHz to 26.175 MHz (100 Hz steps) FS-1570: 150 Wpep, FS-2570: 250 Wpep Within 10 Hz Low power balanced modulation -46 dBm/600 ohms (Handset/Microphone) -10 dBm/600 ohms (Handset HS-2001) 0 dBm/600 ohms
Modulation AF Response 350 Hz to 2.7 kHz
1.3 RECEIVER
1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 Receiving System Frequency Range Sensitivity Double-conversion superheterodyne 100 kHz 29,999.9 kHz (10 Hz steps) Input level at 10 ohms+250 pF (below 4 MHz) and 50 ohms (above 4MHz) to produce SINAD 20 dB Frequency Range J3E/H3E 100 kHz to 300 kHz 35 dBV 300 kHz to 1.6 MHz 25 dBV 1.6 MHz to 4.0 MHz 13 dBV 4.0 MHz to 30 MHz 7 dBV 1st: 72,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz J3E: 2.4kHz at -6dB, H3E: 6kHz at -6dB J2B (F1B): 300Hz at -6dB 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 Inter-modulation Spurious Response AGC BFO Frequency Better than 80 dBV Better than 70 dB SLOW/FAST/OFF Telex/DSC: 1,700 Hz, Facsimile: 1,900 Hz
1.4 1.5
Intermediate Frequency Selectivity
SP - 1
E5637S01E-M
1.10 Audio Output Power
Internal speaker: 1W/ 8 ohms External speaker: 4W/ 4 ohms Handset: 2.5mW/ 150 ohms Line output: 0 dBm/ 600 ohms
1.11 Standard Features
Noise Blanker, Voice-activated squelch, Pre-selector
2 DSC/WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER 2.1 DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING

2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 Frequency Shift Baud Rate Protocol Modulation Distress Alarm Distress Alarm Memory Space: 1785.0 0.5 Hz, Mark: 1615.0 0.5 Hz 100 bps 30 x 10-6 Complies with ITU -R Rec.493-10, 541-8, 1082-1 AFSK 3.5 s to 4.5 s self-repetition 50 messages
2.2
2.2.1
DSC/WATCH RECEIVER
Frequency Range MF/HF specification MF specification 2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz 2187.5 kHz F1B, J2B 50 ohms 1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz 10 Hz 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz -6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz, -30 dB: within 380 Hz, -60 dB: within 550 Hz
2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7
Class of Emission Antenna Impedance Local Oscillator Frequency Stability Intermediate Frequency Selectivity
2.2.8 2.2.9
Receiving System Radiation
Double-conversion superheterodyne within 2 nW 1 % or less at 1 V input voltage 31.6 mV non-modulated at 10V input voltage, at error rate within 1% max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF) Transmit high frequency signal of DSC
2.2.10 RX Error Rate 2.2.11 Spurious Response 2.2.12 Scanning Reception 2.2.13 Diagnosis
2.3
2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6 2.3.7
GENERAL WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER (FS-2570 ONLY, OPTION)

Frequency Range Class of Emission Antenna Impedance Local Oscillator Frequency Stability Intermediate Frequency Selectivity 1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz J2B, F1B 50 ohms 1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz within 10 Hz 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz -6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz, -30 dB: within 380 Hz,
SP - 2
E5637S01E-M
-60 dB: within 550 Hz 2.3.8 2.3.9 Receiving System Radiation Double-conversion superheterodyne within 2 nW 1 % or less at 1 V input voltage 31.6 mV non-modulated at 10V input voltage, at error rate within 1% max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF) Transmit high frequency signal of DSC
2.3.10 RX Error Rate 2.3.11 Spurious Response 2.3.12 Scanning Reception 2.3.13 Diagnosis
NBDP FUNCTION (OPTION) 3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 3.1.2 Communication Mode Protocol ID code Line cord Modulation Tone frequency Tracking range 3.1.3 Applications Auto-reception Frequency scanning User-channels Setting timer and frequency (max. 10 settings available) 10 group max., 20 station as each group 100 channels max. ARQ, FEC, DIRC (FSK) ITU-R M625-3, M476-5, M490, M491-1, M492-6 4, 5, 9 column 4B/3Y (Intl.) AFSK 1615/1785Hz 0.5 Hz (mark/space) 80 Hz
4 TERMINAL UNIT 4.1 IB-583

4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 Display CPU Memory FD Drive Keyboard Other functions 10.4 color TFT LCD, 640 x 480 dots HD6417615 (15.5 MHz) Flash ROM: 1 MB, S-RAM: 256 KB 1.44MB 3.5 82 keys, IBM PS/2 Text editor, FD control, Printer, Remote control for Transceiver, Diagnosis
4.2
4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5
IB-581
Display CPU Memory FD Drive Keyboard 9.5 monochrome LCD, 680 x 480 dots ALI M6117 (33 MHz) Flash ROM 2 MB, DRAM 2 MB 1.44MB 3.5 82 keys, IBM PS/2
5
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4
ANTENNA COUPLER
Tuning System Frequency Range Input Impedance Antenna CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system 1.6 MHz to 27.5Hz 50 ohms 7m to 30m wire or whip antenna
SP - 3
E5637S01E-M
5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8
Power Capability VSWR Tuning Speed Dummy Load
150 W (FS-1570), 250 W (FS-2570) 1.5 max Within 15 s FS-1570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/100W mounted in coupler FS-2570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/200W mounted in coupler
6
6.1
INTERFACE
Input data sentences Ships Position (L/L) Time IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183-3) GGA>RMC>GLL ZDA
7
7.1
POWER SUPPLY
Transceiver Unit/Control Unit FS-1570 FS-2570 24 VDC: 0.8 A, max. 20 A (TX) 24 VDC: 1.5 A, max. 35 A (TX) IB-583: 24 VDC: 0.6 A IB-581: 24 VDC: 0.8 A 24 VDC: 1.5 A 100/110/115/220/230VAC, 1 phase, 50/60 Hz
7.2 7.3 7.4
Terminal Unit Printer
AC/DC Power Supply Unit (option)
8
8.1 8.2 8.3
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION
Ambient Temperature Relative Humidity Water proofing (IEC 60529) -15C to +55C 93 or less at 40C Control Unit (Panel): IPX2 Transceiver Unit/ Terminal Unit: IPX0 Antenna Coupler: IPX5 IEC 60945
8.4
Vibration
9
9.1 9.2 9.3
COATING COLOR
Control Unit/ Terminal Unit Panel: N3.0, Cover: 2.5GY5/1.5 Transceiver Unit Antenna Coupler 2.5GY5/1.5 N9.5 (white)
SP - 4
E5637S01E-M
OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.1 Controls
.747
DISTRESS
1
RT 2182 IntCom GHI
DSC ABC ACK/SQ ABC PRINT TUV LOG TUNE
TEST DEF SCAN MNO
ALARM
PUSH TO ENTER
CANCEL CALL
PQRS FILE
WXYZ
*CURSOR
# SETUP
POWER
OVEN
ENTER knob
Description of controls Control POWER switch DISTRESS button CALL key ENTER knob Function Turns the power on/off. Press and hold down the button more than three seconds to transmit the distress alert. Transmits calls. Radiotelephone: Rotate to change TX/RX channel, sensitivity, audio volume, etc.; push to register selection. DSC: Rotate to choose menu items; push to register selection. Cancels wrong data. Restores previous menu. Silences audio alarm. Cancels transmission, printing. Erases error message.
CANCEL key
1/ RT/2182 key 2/DSC key 3/TEST key 4/IntCom key 5/ ACK/SQ key 6/SCAN key
Switches to the radiotelephone screen. Press and hold down more than two seconds to get 2182.0 kHz/J3E automatically. Composes DSC TX message. Executes daily test. Turns on/off the intercom with other Control Unit FS-2570C. DSC: Switches automatic and manual acknowledge alternately. Radiotelephone: Turns squelch on and off. Displays DSC standby screen. Starts/stops scanning of DSC routine frequencies, on the DSC standby screen.
1-1
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
7/
key
8/PRINT key 9/ key FILE/CURSOR key LOG/TUNE key #/SETUP key ALARM lamp OVEN lamp
Turns loudspeaker on/off. (Note that this key does not silence the distress or urgency alarm.) Prints communications log files, current screen (except DSC standby screen and radiotelephone screen) and test results. Adjusts panel dimmer and LCD contrast. Opens the send message file list from the DSC standby screen, to send stored message. Shifts cursor. Tunes antenna in radiotelephone operation. Displays message logs, in DSC operation. Opens the Setup menu. Flashes in red for distress and urgency calls. Flashes in green (more rapidly) for business, safety and routine calls. Lights (in green) when mains switchboard is on.
1.2 Turning the Power On/Off

Press the [POWER] switch at the right-hand side of the control unit to power the system. Press it again to turn the system off. In the dual control unit system, the control unit connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port on the transceiver unit has priority and it controls the power for both the No.1 and No. 2 control units. The power switch of the No. 2 control unit powers on/off the No. 2 control unit only. Note: Turn on ships mains five minutes before turning on this equipment.
1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast

1. Press the [9/
DIMMER CONTRAST
] key to show the dimmer/contrast adjustment window.

(1~8) 6 (40~63) 45
EXIT:[ENT]
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DIMMER or CONTRAST, whichever you want to adjust, and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DIMMER (1-8)
6 Dimmer adjustment window
CONTRAST (40-63)
55 Contrast adjustment window
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob. 4. To quit, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose EXIT: [ENT] and then push the [ENTER] knob.
1-2
1.4 Indications
1.4.1 DSC standby screen
The DSC standby screen may be displayed by pressing the [6/SCAN] key.
Acknowledge status (AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK)
WATCH KEEPING DISTRESS 2187.5 4207.5 16804.5 12577.0 ROUTINE 2177.0 4219.5 16903.0 12657.0 3500.000N 13500.000E 23:59
AUTO ACK
6312.0 8414.5 6331.0 8436.5 MANUAL
Distress and routine frequencies scanned in clockwise direction, and frequency currently being scanned is highlighted. One cycle is completed in less than two seconds. For how to choose scan frequencies, see paragraph 1.6.
Position and time. "MANUAL" shown when these are input manually.
DSC standby screen
1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen

Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen. This is where you set up the radiotelephone.
Communications Mode (Duplex or Simplex, display only) Class of Emission (SSB, TLX, AM) Channel TX Frequency RX Frequency AGC, Squelch Sensitivity Volume
MODE: SSB SIMP HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
AGC : FAST SEN VOL SQ S
IA 0.0A
KHZ KHZ
NB
Output Power (HIGH, MID or LOW)
Noise Blanker S-meter Antenna Current (IA) (or IC, VC, RF)
Radiotelephone screen Note: TX is circumscribed with a rectangle when transmitting.
1-3
1.5 Loudspeaker
1. Press the [7/ ] key to alternately disable or enable the loudspeaker and the alarm generated for routine messages. SOUND: ON or SOUND: OFF appears with each press. 2. To adjust loudspeaker volume do the following: a) Press the [1/RT 2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen. b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose VOL at the bottom of the screen and then push the [ENTER] knob. c) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust volume and then push the [ENTER] knob.
VOL "OFF" shown when loudspeaker is off.
1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies

You can scan frequencies when using the DSC mode. For how to set frequencies, see paragraph 7.4. Radiotelephone and telex are inoperative while scanning. However, in case of the FS-2570, those modes may be used during scanning when the optional internal watch keeping receiver is installed. 1. Press the [6/SCAN] key to show the DSC standby screen. 2. Press the [6/SCAN] key to start/stop scanning.
1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off

The automatic acknowledge feature of the DSC/watch receiver automatically transmits the acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal to the sending station when an individual, position or polling call is received. (For position and polling calls, respective item on the AUTO ACK menu must be turned on to enable automatic acknowledge.) Automatic acknowledge can be turned on or off at the DSC standby screen by the [5/ ACK/SQ] key. The message ACK: AUTO or ACK: MANUAL appears at the bottom of the DSC standby screen with each press of the key. Note 1: To give priority to own ships communications while own ship is communicating, show ACK: MANUAL by the above procedure. Note 2: Automatic acknowledge is not possible under the following conditions: Distress, Urgency or Safety Priority: Com Type: Morse, Fax, Data, No Info Com Freq: No Info Off Hook
1-4
1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time

If there is no EPFS (Electronic Position-Fixing System) connected to this equipment or the EPFS connected is not working (EPFS error indication appears), manually enter position and time as follows: 1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the Setup menu.
****
Setup menu
****
ALARM AUTO ACK ERASE MESSAGE POSITION PRINT OUT
SCAN FREQ VOLUME TEST SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
**
INPUT TYPE: AUTO LAT : 34 41 NORTH LON : 135 30 EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.
**
Position setup
**
INPUT TYPE: AUTO AUTO LAT : 34 41 NORTH N MANUAL LON : 135 30 EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC
Note 1: If, when INPUT TYPE is AUTO, input from the navigator is interrupted, the message EPFS error! appears. If this occurs, check the navigator. Note 2: When INPUT TYPE is MANUAL, the message Warning: Update position appears at set intervals (update interval selected with POSITION OLDER on the Alarm menu) to ask you to update position. 4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
1-5
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to enter latitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to North; [2] key to switch to South. Push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
**
34 30 NORTH 12
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL LAT NORTH 34 41 : 34 41 34 30 NORTH 12 LON : 135 30 EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC
After last digit is entered
NORTH: [1] KEY SOUTH: [2] KEY
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to enter longitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to East; [2] key to switch to West. Push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
**
135 1230 EAST EAST: [1] KEY WEST: [2] KEY
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL LAT 34 30 NORTH LAT: : 34 41 NORTH LON 135 30 EAST LON : 135 : 135 30 EAST 30 EAST 12 TIME: 09: 00 UTC
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.

Position setup
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL LAT : 34 30 NORTH : 34 41 NORTH LON 30 EAST LON : 135 : 135 30 EAST TIME 09: : 12 09: 00 UTC TIME: 00 UTC : 34
8. Enter UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. The Setup menu appears. 9. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
1-6
1.9 System Characteristics

1.9.1 Equipment priority
Equipment priority order is as below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DMC Control unit sending distress alert Control unit 1 routine use Control unit 2 routine use NBDP
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative

Controls become inoperative in the following conditions:
Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit goes OFF HOOK. Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit switches to the DSC mode. Distress received by DMC (Distress Message Controller). NBDP is scanning or communicating. Distress alert or distress relay is transmitted. Call other than distress is transmitted (transmission time about 8 s). If it becomes necessary to unlock the keyboard before the message is transmitted, press the [CANCEL] key to cancel the call.
1.9.3 Controls become operative

Controls become operative in the following conditions:
[DISTRESS] button is pressed. Control unit having highest priority is operated. Other control unit in two-control unit system goes ON HOOK. Distress received by DMC is acknowledged. NBDP stops scanning or communicating.
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency

The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency in the following conditions:
ABLE ACK is sent in response to individual call. Your ship receives ABLE ACK in response to own ship-initiated individual call. Your ship sends all ship call. Your ship sends distress relay. Your ship sends distress alert. Your ship receives group call or area call. Your ship receives distress relay call. Your ship receives distress alert.
1-7
1.10 Power Supply Unit (option)

The control unit works directly on 24 VDC or through a Power Supply Unit on AC mains supply (115 or 230 VAC). The power supply unit is type PR-300, supplying 24 VDC power (20 A) to the FS-1570 or type PR-850A, supplying 24 VDC (40 A) to the FS-2570. Both 115/230 VAC and 24 VDC power can be connected simultaneously. In this case, the system normally operates on the AC mains supply and when AC power is lost, the PSU automatically switches to the DC power source. This power supply arrangement satisfies the GMDSS requirements. The FS-1570/FS-2570 can be operated directly from 24 VDC without a power supply. OVEN power supply: The crystal oven is always powered even when the Power Switch is OFF, provided the mains switchboard is turned on. AC and DC power switches Both AC and DC power switches on the PSU can be always kept on. (These switches are provided to turn off the power supply for maintenance.) The control unit may be turned on or off with the PSU kept on.
Red Light Green Light Breaker Power Lamp
PR-300
POWER ON
100V 10A 220V 5A
125V 20A
ON
ON OFF AC IN L N G
ON OFF DC IN + + DC OUT - 24V + -
OFF
Terminal Cover
AC INPUT 50/60Hz
DC OUTPUT
Lamp (red): Lights when AC power source is in use. Lamp (green): Lights when DC power source is in use PR-300
PR-850A
Power supply units Note: Both lamps light when changing to DC power supply (PR-300). These lamps also light when the internal temperature goes too high.
1-8
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
You can enter desired frequency by channel or TX and RX frequencies. The handset may be ON HOOK or OFF HOOK. To set the SSB radiotelephone to 2182 kHz/J3E automatically, press the [1/ RT/2182] key more than two seconds.
2.1 Transmitting
After selecting class of emission and frequency, you can transmit by pressing the PTT switch on the handset. Output power is shown on the display.
2.1.1 Choosing class of emission

1. At the radiotelephone screen, choose class of emission (mode) as follows: Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
SSB MODE: SSB
SIMP HIGH
CH: 800
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
AGC : FAST SEN VOL S
IA 0.0A
TLX AM
KHZ KHZ
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose mode desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. SSB: Single Sideband, TLX: Telex, AM: AM. (You cannot transmit on the AM mode.) 2. AGC is automatically selected according to mode. AGC FAST: SSB, AGC OFF: TLX, AGC SLOW: AM. However, you may change it as below. a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AGC and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB SIMP HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00 OFF FAST AGC : FAST FAST SLOW SEN FAST
VOL
KHZ KHZ
S
IA 0.0A
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFF, SLOW or FAST as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2-1
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency

Choosing channel 1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB SIMP HIGH
CH: 200 800

TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
IA 0.0A
KHZ KHZ
2. Channel can be entered directly with the numeric keys, or by using the [ENTER] knob. See below for details. Entering band and band channel with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to enter band and band channel and then push the [ENTER] knob. Choosing band and band channel with the ENTER knob:
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to place the cursor in the band or band channel position, whichever you want to change.
200
Cursor position for selection of band channel
200
Cursor position for selection of band
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set band (or channel) desired.

2 4 6 8 12 16 18 22 25 01 02----User band 029
ITU band
Setting Range ITU Band: User Band: ITU Channel: User Channel:
2/4/6/8/12/16/18/22/25 001-029 (leadiing zero necessary) XX01 - XX236 (rendering on band or mode) XXX01 - XXX99
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. The TX and RX frequencies of the channel entered appear.
2-2
Choosing frequency 1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TX or RX as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: AM SIMP HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 Rx:
SEN VOL
KHZ
2182.00 KHZ KHZ 123456.78

S
IA 0.0A
AGC : SLOW
2. Enter frequency by one of the methods below. Entering frequency with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to enter frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. Be sure to including trailing zero. For example, to enter 2161 kHz, key in [2], [1], [6], [1], [0]. (Keying in 2-1-6-1 will set 216.1 kHz.) Choosing frequency with the ENTER knob (for RX only):
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to choose digit to change. b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set digit. c) Push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: To enter same frequency for both TX and RX, enter the TX frequency first.
2.1.3 Tuning
Maximum transmission power is achieved only when the antenna impedance and transmitter impedance match each other. Because the antenna impedance changes with frequency, a means must be provided to match (tune) the antenna impedance with the transmitter impedance. This is done with the antenna coupler. The antenna coupler automatically tunes the transmitter to a wide range of different antenna lengths, from 7 to 30 m. To initiate the automatic tuning, do the following: 1. Press the PTT switch on the handset or the [LOG/TUNE] key on the control unit. TUNING appears when the [LOG/TUNE] key is pressed; TX pops out when the PTT switch is pressed. Tuning will be completed within 2 to 5 s for a newly selected frequency, or less than 0.5 s for a once-tuned frequency. (A memory saves coil and capacitor settings.) When the tuning process is successfully completed, TUNE: OK appears. If tuning fails, TUNE: NG appears.
2-3
Note: When tuning is initiated in the two-control unit system, the display of the idle control unit shows OCCUPIED(ANOTHER CONTROLLER). In this case, only the DISTRESS button is operative on the idle control unit. Further, if a control unit is in use when tuning is attempted at the other control unit, the display of the control unit which attempted to tune shows OCCUPIED plus the name of the equipment in use: ANOTHER CONTROLLER, NBDP, or DMC.
2.1.4 Using the handset

Hold the handset close to your mouth, press the PTT switch and speak clearly.
2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power

During transmission, the IA bar deflects according to the current being fed to the antenna feeder from the antenna coupler. The unit of readout is amperes. The antenna current varies with the effective antenna impedance. The swing differs by the frequency and antenna length. The output power is proportional to the square of an antenna current. Note: If IA is not shown, follow the procedure in paragraph 2.1.7 to show it.
MODE: SSB SIMP HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
IA 2.1A
KHZ KHZ
Antenna Current
2-4
2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power

To conserve energy and to minimize possible interference to other stations, reduce the transmission power. This should be done when using the transceiver in a harbor, near the shore or close to communication partner (other ship). 1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose LOW, MID or HIGH (whichever is shown) at the top of the screen and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB SIMP
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
IA
HIGH LOW MID HIGH KHZ
FS-1570 LOW MID HIGH 68 W 100 W 150 W
FS-2570 70 W 125 W 250 W
KHZ
2.1A
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose power among LOW, MID and HIGH as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob. Note: Power amplifier temperature is monitored, and when its temperature rises above a certain temperature output power is automatically reduced.
2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF

While transmitting, you may display RF (PA output), IA (antenna current), IC (collector current) or VC (collector voltage), at the lower right corner of the radiotelephone screen. 1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RF, IA, IC or VC (whichever is displayed) at the bottom right corner. 2. Push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB SIMP HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
AGC : FAST SEN VOL
KHZ
IA IC VC S RF IA
KHZ
2.1A
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose option desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2-5
2.2 Receiving
2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment
In normal use the sensitivity should be set for maximum. If the audio on the received channel is unclear or interfered with other signals, adjust (usually reduce) sensitivity to improve clarity. 1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SEN at the bottom of the screen and then push the [ENTER] knob.
SEN
2. Rotate the [ENTER] to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2.2.2 S-meter
The S-meter shows relative signal strength coming into the receiver frontend. Note that the S-meter does not function when the AGC is turned off.
MODE: SSB SIMP HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
IA 0.0A
KHZ KHZ
S-meter
2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency

When a semi-duplex channel is selected, it is recommended to monitor if there is no existing traffic on the frequency you are going to use. This can be done by entering the Tx frequency at the Rx frequency location.
2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations

1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen. 2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
SSB MODE: SSB
SIMP HIGH
CH:TLX 800 AM
TX: 2182.0 RX: 2182.00
IA
KHZ KHZ
0.0A
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AM and then push the [ENTER] knob. 4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2-6
MODE: AM
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0 Rx:
SEN VOL
KHZ
2182.00 KHZ KHZ 123456.78

S
IA 0.0A
AGC : SLOW
5. Key in RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency

Squelch on/off The squelch mutes the audio output in the absence of an incoming signal. Press the [5/ ACK/SQ key] to turn on and off the squelch alternately. When radio noise is too jarring during stand-by condition, it may be muted by activating the squelch. SQ appears when the squelch function is active. Squelch frequency 1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
****
Setup menu
****
NB SQ FREQ FAX RX ENABLE USER CH OFFHOOKED SYSTEM
: OFF : 600 HZ : OFF : OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SQ FREQ. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob. 4. Enter frequency (range: 500-2000 Hz, default 800 Hz) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2.2.6 Noise blanker

The noise blanker functions to remove noise. You may turn it on or off as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NB. Push the [ENTER] knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2-7
2.3 Intercom
The built-in intercom permits voice communications between two FS-2570C Control Units. 1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen. 2. Off hook the handset. 3. Press the [4/IntCom] key to show INTERCOM on the display. The called partys handset rings. 4. When the called party picks up their handset, start communications. 5. Hang up the handset to turn the intercom off. The indication INTERCOM disappears from the screen.
2.4 Telex Communications

Telex communication is performed with the NBDP Terminal Unit (option) connected to this radiotelephone. No special operation is required on the control unit; class of emission and frequencies are set on the NBDP Terminal Unit. For telex communications, see Chapters 8 through 11.
2-8
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails

The antenna coupler automatically tunes a wire or whip antenna to the transceiver. When all frequencies cannot be tuned, TUNE OK will not appear on the display. In this case, you can tune 2182 kHz by manually operating the coupler as shown in the procedure below.
DANGER
HIGH TENSION HAZARD
DO NOT TRANSMIT WHEN THE ANTENNA COUPLER IS OPEN.
1. Turn off the control unit. Remove the cover of the antenna coupler. 2. Set the MANUAL-AUTO switch to the MANUAL position.
COUPLER BOARD
DUMMY LOAD BOARD
MANUAL
AUTO
3. Replace the cover. 4. Turn on the control unit.
2-9
2.6 User Channels

The USER CH menu allows registration of user TX and RX channels, where permitted by the Authorities.
NOTICE
FURUNO will assume no responsibility for the disturbance caused by the unlawful or improper setting of user channels.
2.6.1 Registering user channels

USER CH in the System setup menu must be enabled in order to register user channels. For further details, contact your dealer. 1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
****
Setup menu
****
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob. The window shown below appears.
ENTRY ERASE
3. ENTRY is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.
*** ! MODE:
00201. 00202. 00203. 00204. 00205.
User ch entry
SSB
2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5 RX: RX: RX: RX: RX:
"CH: ** 2-01
2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5
#UP$DOWN
TX: TX: TX: TX: TX:
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the user channel options window.
*** SSB ! MODE:

00201. 00202. 00203. 00204. 00205.
User ch entry
RX: RX: RX: RX: RX:
** 2-01 "CH:
2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5
#UP$DOWN
TX: 2111.5 TX: 2222.0 MODE TX: CH2333.5 TX: 2444.0 FREQ TX: 2555.5
2-10
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
*** SSB ! MODE:

00201. 00202. 00203. 00204. 00205.
User ch entry
RX: RX: RX: RX: RX:
**2-01 "CH:
2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5
#UP$DOWN
TX: 2111.5 NBDP TX: 2222.0 DSC TX: 2333.5 TX: 2444.0 TX: 2555.5
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate mode among SSB, NBDP and DSC and then push the [ENTER] knob.
*** SSB !MODE:

00201. 00202. 00203. 00204. 00205. TX: TX: TX: TX: TX:
User ch entry
2101.5 2202.0 2303.5 2404.0 2505.5 RX: RX: RX: RX: RX:
** "C CH 2-01 H:: 0 00

2101.5 2202.0 2303.5 2404.0 2505.5
#UP$DOWN
- 256 channels may be registered. - Band no. setting range is 0-29 and band channel no. range is 01-99. - For DSC, four channels can be registered per band (2, 4, 6 8, 12, 16, 18, 22, 25). - "0" band is for DSC frequencies only, and they are registered under "OTHER." Four channels are available, 01-04.
7. Key in channel no. and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [1], [2], [3], [4] and then push the [ENTER] knob to enter channel 01234.
** : SSB ! MODE
01234. 01240. 01241. 01242. 01250.
User ch entry
** " CH : 12-34
RX: 0.0 RX: 13666.0 RX: 13777.5 0.0 KHZ RX: 13999.5 0.0 KHZ RX: 13100.0
#UP$DOWN
TX: 0.0 TX: 12666.0 TX: 12777.5 TX : TX: 12999.5 RX : TX: 12100.0
8. Enter TX frequency with the numeric keys. 9. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX. 10. Enter RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. 11. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to display all channels entered. 12. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2-11
2.6.2 Deleting user channels

Deleting individual user channels 1. 2. 3. 4. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ENTRY and then push the [ENTER] knob. Push the [ENTER] knob, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Enter channel number to process and then push the [ENTER] knob. 6. Tx and Rx frequencies are shown as 0.0 kHz; push the [ENTER] knob to delete channel. 7. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen. Deleting all user channels 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2.7 FAX Enable/Disable

You may enable or disable FAX use as follows: 1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu. 2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose FAX RX ENABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] key.
SSB MODE: SSB
SIMP HIGH
CH: 800
TLX FAX TX: 2182.0 AM
KHZ KHZ
S
IA 0.0A
RX: 2182.00
AGC : FAST SEN VOL
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.
2-12
2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook

When the handset is off hook, you may choose to turn the speaker (panel speaker or external speaker) on or off. The default setting is OFF which turns off the speaker when the handset is off hook. The ON position keeps the speaker on always, regardless of handset state. 1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the SETUP menu.
****
Setup menu
****
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFFHOOKED and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] key. 4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.
2-13
(This page intentionally left blank.)
2-14
DSC OVERVIEW
3.1 What is DSC?

DSC is an acronym meaning Digital Selective Calling. It is a digital distress and general calling system in the MF and HF bands used by ships for transmitting distress alerts and general calls and by coast stations for transmitting the associated acknowledgements. For DSC distress and safety calling in the MF and HF bands, the frequencies are (kHz) 2187.5, 4207.5, 6312.0, 8414.5, 12577.0, and 16804.5. The DSC station sends and receives DSC general and safety calls via the radiotelephone.
Distress Frequency Routine DSC Call Distress alert, routince DSC call Routine DSC Calls
Option (FS-2570 only)
TRANSCEIVER UNIT FS-1570T FS-2570T
3.2 DSC Call

DSC calls are roughly divided in two categories: distress and safety calls, and routine calls. Below are the types of DSC calls.
Call All Ships Distress Distress relay all Distress relay select Geographical Area Group Individual Medical Transport Neutral Craft Polling Position PSTN Test Call to all ships Your ship sends distress call Your ship relays distress call to all ships Your ship relays distress call to a coast station Call to all ships in a specific geographical area Call to a specific group Call to a specific address Inform all ships that your ship is carrying medical supplies Inform all ships that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict Call to determine if own ship is in communicating range with other ship 1) You send your position to other stations 2) Your ship requests position of other station Call over Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) Send test signal to a coast station to test your stations functionality Description
3-1
DSC OVERVIEW
Contents of a DSC call

Calling category
Call category Individual All Ships Group Geographical Area Distress Call Call Individual, PSTN, Test, Position, Polling, Relay Sel (specific coast station) All Ships, Neutral, Medical, Relay All Group Area Distress
Station ID Own ship ID and sending station ID. Coast station ID begins with 00; Group ID begins with 0. Priority Distress: Safety: Urgency: Business: Routine: Grave and imminent danger and request immediate assistance. A station is about to transmit a call containing an important navigational or meteorological warning. A calling station has a very urgent call to transmit concerning safety of ship, aircraft or other vehicle or safety of person. Communication related to the navigation, movements and needs of ships and aircraft. General calling
Communication type Telephone: Telephone (J3E) by SSB radiotelephone NBDP-ARQ: Telex (J2B) mode ARQ via NBDP Terminal Unit NBDP-FEC: Telex (J2B) mode FEC via NBDP Terminal Unit
Communication frequency Working frequency used to call by telephone or NBDP. The sending station may have the receiving frequency (ship or coast station) assign the frequency to use. Position Position can be automatically or manually sent. DSC frequency DSC frequency to use. If the call category is SAFETY, URGENCY or DISTRESS, choose a DSC distress frequency. End code The end of a DSC call is denoted by ACK RQ (Acknowledge Request), ACK BQ (Acknowledge Back) or EOS (End of Sequence).
3-2
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply

This type of call is sent by own ship in the event of distress, by using the [DISTRESS] button as follows:
1. The LED in the [DISTRESS] button initially flashes, and lights when the button is pressed more than three seconds. (If the button is pressed less than three seconds, the distress alert is not sent. Once the alert is sent it cannot be cancelled.)
NOTICE
IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL TRANSMISSION OF THE DISTRESS ALERT If the distress is accidentally transmitted, contact the nearest coast station and inform them of the accidental transmission as follows: a) Ship's name b) Ship's call sign and DSC number c) Position at time of transmission d) Time of transmission
2. The radiotelephone automatically sets the DSC distress frequency and then the equipment transmits the distress alert. 3. After the distress alert is transmitted (this takes about 40 seconds), the equipment waits for the distress acknowledgement call (DIST ACK) from a coast station. This usually takes less than three minutes. (If it is not received within 4.5 minutes, the distress alert is re-transmitted.) 4. The radiotelephone automatically sets the distress communication frequency to use to conduct voice communications (telex also available) with the coast station.
(1) (2) Own Ship (3)
(1)
Ship in Distress
(Own Ship)
(2) (3)
Coast Station
(1) Ship in distress sends Distress Alert (2) Coast station sends distress acknowledgement (DIST ACK). (3) Voice or telex communications between ship in distress and coast station
3-3
DSC OVERVIEW
3.2.2 Individual call

The individual call is for sending a call to a specific station.
(1) (2) (3)
(1) DSC Message [Called Acknowledge Request (ACK RQ) Signal]
Own Ship
(2) Acknowledge Back (ACK BQ) Signal (3) Voice or telex communication
Coast Station
Basic procedure (radiotelephone) 1. Prepare call and transmit it by pressing the [CALL] key. The equipment then awaits acknowledgement of the call. 2. Receive acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from other party (coast station or ship station) within about five minutes. The audio alarm sounds at this time; press the [CANCEL] key to silence it. 3. After receiving the ACK BQ signal, communicate with other party; the radiotelephone automatically sets the working frequency and class of emission you specified.
3.3 Audio Alarms

When you receive a distress alert or routine call addressed to your ship, the audio and visual alarms are released. For the distress or urgency call, the audio alarm sounds until the [CANCEL] key is pressed, and sounds for one second and then automatically goes off in case of other calls. The tone of the alarm changes with the call received. By becoming accustomed to the tone, you can know which type of call you have received.
Alarm Safety call received Routine, Ship's Business call received While DISTRESS button is pressed for three s Distress alert sent Own ship position not updated Distress alert, urgency message received Frequency (interval) 1300 Hz and 0 Hz (250 ms) 880 Hz and 440 Hz (500 ms) 2200 Hz and 0 Hz (125 ms) 2200 Hz, continuous 2200 Hz (50 ms), three beeps every two s 1300 Hz and 2200 Hz (250 ms)
3-4
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.4 Interpreting Call Displays

This paragraph provides the information necessary for interpreting receive and send call displays.
3.4.1 Receive calls

Below are sample distress and individual receive calls. The content of other types of receive calls is similar to that of the individual call. When you receive a call, the message INCOMING flashes at the bottom of the display. Distress receive call
* Received message * MAR-23-2002-23:59 ECC: OK

DISTRESS CALL SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 2182.0 KHZ TELEPHONE ANSWER
! "
ALL VIEW
Push [ENTER] knob to switch.
Date and time of message ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good) Category (Distress call) Ship in Distress (ID No. of ship in distress) Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding, Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable, Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard, EPIRB emission) Position of ship in distress Working frequency to use
DISTRESS COORDINATES: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELECOMMAND: J3E TELEPHONE END OF SEQUENCE: EOS ERROR-CHECK: OK DSC FREQUENCY : 2177.0KHZ
* #
Received message
*
Distress coordinates (position of ship in distress) Telecommand (class of emission) End of sequence (EOS for distress) Error check (OK or NG) DSC frequency used to transmit distress call
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob to switch.
Received message * * FORMAT : DISTRESS CALL

SELF-IDENTITY : 123456789 NATURE OF DISTRESS: UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS
Format (distress) ID no. of ship in distress Nature of distress (problem with ship in distress, see above)
#
3-5
DSC OVERVIEW
Individual receive call
MAR-23-2002-23:59
* Received message * ECC: OK
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST 123456789 FROM SHIP: ROUTINE TX: 2182.0 KHZ TELEPHONE RX: 2182.0 KHZ ANSWER
Date and time of message ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good) Able acknowledge ("Unable acknowledge" and reason if unable) ID No. of sending station Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency) Working frequency to use Note: ANSWER is for replying to message.
"ALL VIEW
Push [ENTER] knob to switch.
* Received message *
WORKING FREQ. : TX: 2182.0 KHZ RX: 2182.0 KHZ END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ ERROR-CHECK: OK DSC FREQUENCY 2177.0KHZ
Working frequency to use End of sequence (ACK. BQ or ACK. RQ) Error check (OK or NG) DSC frequency used
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob to go to "GO TO EASY VIEW" or push it to go to previous display.
Received message * * FORMAT : INDIVIDUAL

ADDRESS : 987654321 CATEGORY : ROUTINE SELF-IDENTITY : 123456789 1ST TELECOMMAND : J3E TELEPHONE 2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION
Format (individual) ID of your station Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency) ID of sending station 1st Telecommand (class of emission) 2nd Telecommand (class of emission)
3-6
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.4.2 Send calls

Below are sample distress and individual send calls. The content of other types of send calls is similar to that of the individual call. Distress send call
2187.5 KHZ
30S
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding, Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable, Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard) Position of ship in distress (your ship) Working frequency to use DSC frequency used to send distress call Time to go until distress alert is transmitted
Individual send call

Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE: INDIVIDUAL
STATION ID: PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ 123456789 : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : CH 401 : 2M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
Call type (Individual) ID of station where message is to be sent Priority (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency) Mode of communication (Telephone, NBPD-ARQ, NBDP-FEC) Working channel (or frequency) DSC frequency
Rotate [ENTER] knob to choose GO TO ALL VIEW and then push it.
** Compose message **
WORKING FREQ. : CH 401
Working frequency End of sequence (Acknowledge request) DSC frequency used
END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2177.0 KHZ RX: 2177.0 KHZ GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob.
Compose message * * FORMAT : INDIVIDUAL

ADDRESS : 987654321 CATEGORY : ROUTINE SELF-IDENTITY : 123456789 1ST TELECOMMAND : J3E TELEPHONE 2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION
Calling format Own ship ID Communications category ID no. of transmitting station 1st telecommand 2nd telecommand
3-7
DSC OVERVIEW
3-8
DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4.1 Sending Distress Alert

GMDSS ships carry a DSC terminal with which to transmit the distress alert in the event of a life-endangering situation. A coast station receives the distress alert and sends the distress alert acknowledge call to the ship in distress. Then, voice or telex communications between the ship in distress and coast station begins. Transmission of the distress alert and receiving of the distress alert acknowledgement are completely automatic - simply press the [DISTRESS] button to initiate the sequence. Note that the distress can also be transmitted from the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC. Russian version
Audio alarm is released continuously after transmitting distress alert. The [CANCEL] key can be used during the transmission of the distress alert. The transmission sequence is stopped at the end of the fifth transmission.
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press and hold down the [DISTRESS] button more than three seconds. The button flashes in red and the buzzer sounds rapidly. The display shows the contents of the distress alert call: your ships nature of distress, position, time and the DSC frequency over which the alert has been transmitted. The number of seconds to continue pressing the [DISTRESS] button appear at the bottom of the display. The buzzer sounds continuously and the lamp in the button lights when the button has been pressed three seconds. You can release the button at that time.
Distress button pressed!
Nature of Distress Position, Time DSC Distress Frequency used to transmit the distress alert
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 2182.0 KHZ DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S
Displays number of seconds to continue pressing the [DISTRESS] button to transmit the distress alert.
4-1
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
2. The display changes as below. It takes about 40 seconds to transmit the distress alert, and the number of seconds until transmission is completed is shown at the bottom of the display. At this time the output power of the radiotelephone is automatically set to maximum.

2187.5 KHZ
38S
Time to go until distress alert is completely transmitted.
3. After the distress alert has been sent, the display changes as below and the audio alarm is stopped. Wait to receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes 1 to 2 min 45 seconds. (The [DISTRESS] button remains lit until the equipment receives the distress acknowledge call from a coast station.) The timer counts down the number of minutes before next retransmission (if necessary), from 3.5 to 4.5 minutes, randomly set.
At this time, the equipment cannot receive any calls except the distress alert acknowledge call. The distress alert you sent is recorded in the TX log.
Wait for distress acknowledgement.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 2182.0 KHZ TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
2187.5 KHZ
2M10S
4. When the distress acknowledge call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below.
Distress acknowledge call received.

FROM COAST: 001234567 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 2182.0 KHZ TELEPHONE STOP ALARM
Note: If you do not receive the distress alert acknowledge call, the equipment automatically re-transmits the distress alert and then awaits the distress alert acknowledge call. This is repeated until the distress alert is acknowledged.
5. Silence the alarm with the [CANCEL] key. The contents of the distress acknowledge call appear.
4-2
Received message
JAN-23-2002-23:59 ECC: OK
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE FROM COAST: 001234567 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 2182.0 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone, following the instructions below. The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency and class of emission, as specified in the distress acknowledge call. a) b) c) d) Say MAYDAY three times. Say This is name of your vessel and call sign three times. Give nature of distress and assistance needed. Give description of your vessel (type, color, number of persons onboard, etc.).
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified

If you have the time to designate the nature of distress, send the distress alert as follows:
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button momentarily to show the following display.
FIRE NATURE FLOODING : 987654321 POS. COLLISION :Undesignated GROUNDING COM.TYPE : LISTING DSC FREQ :
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu. This is where you enter your position, automatically or manually. The INPUT TYPE option, that is, the source of position data, is selected to AUTO, MANUAL or NO INFO. For AUTO, if the position is correct, push the [ENTER] knob twice and go to step 10. For manual input, or you do not know your position, go to step 4.
INPUT TYPE: AUTO LAT : 34 41 NORTH LON : 135 30 EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC
Note: If the message No Position Data appears when you change INPUT TYPE from MANUAL to AUTO, confirm that the navigation device is functioning and then choose AUTO again.
** CALL TYPE : All ships UNDESIGNATED
Compose message
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll.
**
SINKING DISABLE ABANDONING PIRACY MAN OVERBOARD
4-3
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.

INPUT TYPE: AUTO AUTO LAT : 34 41 NORTH N MANUAL LON : 135 30 EAST NO INFO TIME: 09: 00 UTC
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. If you cannot confirm your position, choose NO INFO, push the [ENTER] knob and then go to step 10. 6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to enter latitude (in four digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to North; [2] key to switch to South.) Push the [ENTER] knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL LAT NORTH 34 41 : 34 41 34 00 N 12 LON : 135 30 EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC
35 00 N 12
NORTH: [1] KEY SOUTH: [2] KEY
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to enter longitude (in five digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to East; [2] key to switch to West.) Push the [ENTER] knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL 00 NORTH LAT 35 LAT: : 34 41 NORTH LON : 135 30 EAST LON : 135 30 EAST 135 30 E 12 TIME: 09: 00 UTC
135 1200 E
EAST: [1] KEY WEST: [2] KEY
8. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.

INPUT TYPE: MANUAL 00 NORTH LAT : 35 : 34 41 NORTH LON 00 EAST LON : 135 : 135 30 EAST TIME 09: : 12 09: 00 UTC TIME: 00 UTC : 34
9. Key in UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
4-4
10. The COMPOSE MESSAGE screen is redisplayed. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE: DISTRESS NATURE: FLOODING TELEPHONE 00E AT 23:25 POS: 3500N 135 NBDP-FEC COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
11. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob. (Telephone is the usual mode, however NBDP may also be used.) 12. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message AUTO ** ComposeDISTRESS **

CALL TYPE: 2187.5 4207.5 NATURE: FLOSIGNATED 6312.0 00E AT 23:34 POS: 3500N 135 8414.5 COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE 12577.0 DSC FREQ : 16804.5 2187.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a DSC frequency (normally 2187.5 kHz) and then push the [ENTER] knob. (AUTO retransmits the distress alert on the distress and safety frequencies 2 MHz, 8 MHz, 16 MHz, 4 MHz, 12 MHz and 6 MHz in that order if the distress alert is not acknowledged.) 14. The display changes as below (example).
Compose message
CALL TYPE: DISTRESS NATURE: FLOODING POS: 3500N 13500E AT 12:34 COM. TYPE DSC FREQ : : TELEPHONE 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
15. Press the [DISTRESS] button more than three seconds to send the distress alert.

NATURE: FLOODING POS: 3500N 13500E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 2182.0 KHZ DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
38S
16. For telephone, follow steps 3 to 6 on page 4-2 and 4-3. For NBDP, follow the procedure below.
4-5
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit 1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key.
Station List DSC ABC-6M ABC-12M ABC-8M FURUNO Call Station Station Set up Station ID Code Mode Tx Freq Rx Freq : : : : : DSC ARQ FEC 2174.50 2174.50
4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key to connect the communications line. 5. Connect appears in reverse video. Type and transmit your message, giving the following information: a) Ships name and call sign b) Nature of distress and assistance needed c) Description of your vessel 6. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert

When you receive a distress alert from a ship in distress, the audio alarm sounds and the message "Distress call received." appears on the display. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge call from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes about five minutes from the time of reception of a distress alert, follow the appropriate flow chart in this section to determine your course of action. Note 1: An asterisk (*) appearing in a distress alert call indicates error at asterisk location. Note 2: If the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC is connected, the aural alarm sounds and the IC-302-DSCs alarm lamp lights in red when a distress alert is received. To silence the aural alarm, press the [ALARM STOP] key. Russian version If another distress alert or urgent call is received just after pressing the [CALL] key (for distress alert relay and distress acknowledgement), the most recently received call has priority.
4-6
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band

Do the following: Continue watching on 2182 kHz. Wait for coast station to acknowledge the distress call. Watch until SEELONCE FINI is announced. If multiple DSC distress alerts are received from the same ship in distress and it is beyond a doubt in your vicinity, a DSC acknowledgement may, after consultation with an RCC or Coast Station, be sent to terminate the call by DSC.
In no case is a ship permitted to transmit a DSC distress relay call upon receipt of a DSC distress alert on MF channel 2187.5 kHz. Action for ship receiving distress alert on MF band
DSC Distress alert received.
Press [CANCEL] key to silence alarm.
Listen on 2182 kHz for 5 minutes.
Did you receive acknowledge from CS and/or RCC?
No
Is distress traffic in progress? Yes Is own vessel able to aid ship in distress? No
No
Is the DSC distress call continuing? Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Acknowledge the alert by radiotelphony to the ship in distress on 2182 kHz.
CS = Coast Station RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center
Enter details in log.
Inform CS and/or RCC.
4-7
Sending the distress acknowledge call to ship in distress (on MF band) Transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress only when you do not receive it from a coast station and you are able to aid the ship in distress. First, transmit the distress acknowledge to the ship in distress by telephone. If the DSC call is continuing, terminate transmission of the distress alert as follows: 1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows the message Distress call received. when your ship receives a distress call.
Distress call received. DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 2182.0 KHZ STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm and the display changes as below.
JAN-23-2002-23:59
! "
ALL VIEW
3. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station and you have received the distress alert more than twice, contact the ship in distress over radiotelephone. If the distress alert continues, terminate the alert by rotating the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, push the [ENTER] knob and then go to step 4 to send the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress. 4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
CALLTYPE RELAY ALL RELAY COAST COAST ID IN ACKNOWLEDGE
DSC FREQ
: 2182.0 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ACKNOWLEDGE and then push the [ENTER] knob. The following display appears.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE ID IN DIST : 123456789 DSC FREQ :
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4-8
6. Press the [CALL] key, and the message Category distress transmit sure? appears. Continue press the key until the message Distress acknowledge call in progress appears, to transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.
Category distress transmit sure?
ID IN DIST: 123456789 DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S [CALL] key pressed 3 seconds
Distress acknowledge call in progress!

SHIP IN DIST : DSC FREQ :
123456789
2187.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO 4S
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band

If you receive a distress alert on the HF band, the ALARM lamp lights and the audio alarm sounds. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge within five minutes, follow the instructions below to determine your course of action.
Watch on the distress frequency. Relay the distress alert in the following cases: - You have not received a distress acknowledge call from a coast station within five minutes after receiving a distress call. - You have not received a distress relay from other ship. - You cannot receive distress communications from other ship over radiotelephone. - If it is clear the ship or persons in distress are not in the vicinity and/or other crafts are better placed to assist, superfluous communications which could interfere with search and rescue activities should be avoided. Details should be recorded in the appropriate log book. - The ship relaying the distress alert should establish communications with the station controlling the distress as directed and render such assistance as required and appropriate.
4-9
Action for ships receiving distress alert on HF band

DSC Distress alert received. HF DSC, RTF AND NBDP CHANNELS (kHz) DSC Press [CANCEL] key to silence alarm. 4207.5 6312.0 8414.5 12577.0 16804.5 RTF* 4125 6215 8291 12290 16420 NBDP 4177.5 6268 8376.5 12520 16695
Listen to associated RTF or NBDP channel(s) for 5 minutes.
* = Radiotelephone Is distress commuTransmit distress nication in progress relay on HF to coast No on associated RTF No station and inform channels? RCC. Yes Is own vessel able to assist? No
Is the alert acknowledged or relayed by CS and or RCC?
Yes
Yes
Contact RCC via most efficient medium to offer assistance.
CS = Coast Station RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center
Enter details in log.
Sending the distress relay to coast station (on HF band) 1. The audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below when a distress call is received.
Distress call received. DISTRESS CALL
ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.0 KHZ STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below.
JAN-23-2002-23:59
! "
ALL VIEW
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4-10
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE* INDVIDUAL RELAY ALL DISTRESS RELAY RELAY COAST ID IN DIST: 987654321
DSC FREQ
: 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
5. If you know the ID of the nearest coast station, choose RELAY COAST and then push the [ENTER] knob. 6. Push [ENTER] knob and key in ID of coast station where to send the distress relay and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL DISTRESS RELAY COAST ID: 000000000 ID IN DIST: 8414.5 KHZ DSC FREQ : GO TO EASY VIEW GO TO ALL VIEW
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ. menu.
CALL TYPE: RELAY 2187.5ALL DISTRE4207.5 123456789 COAST ID: 6312.0 8414.5 ID IN DIST: 12577.0 16804.5 DSC FREQ KHZ GO TOALL EASY VIEW GO TO VIEW
8. Choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. You should first choose 8414.5 kHz. 9. Press the [CALL] key, and the display changes as shown at the top of the next page.
4-11

COAST ID: 001234567 ID IN DIST: 123456789 DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S
[CALL] key pressed 3 seconds.
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL DISTRESS RELAY COAST ID: 001234567 ID IN DIST: 123456789 8414.5 KHZ DSC FREQ : GO TO EASY VIEW TIME TO GO : 2M10S
Timer counts down time remaining (See note below.)
Distress relay sel call in progress!

TO COAST: 001234567 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO :
8414.5 KHZ
5S
Note: If a coast station acknowledges the call before the timer counts down to zero, press the [CANCEL] key to cancel the distress relay call.
10. After the call is transmitted, the message Wait for distress relay acknowledge. appears. After you have received the distress acknowledgement from the coast station, communicate with the coast station by telephone, over the DSC frequency specified. If you do not receive the distress acknowledgement from a coast station after the timer counts down to zero, transmit the distress relay again, over a different frequency.
4-12
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress

4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station
You may send the distress relay to a coast station on behalf of a ship in distress in the following cases:
You are near the ship in distress and the ship in distress cannot transmit the distress alert. When the master or person responsible for your ship considers that further assistance is necessary.
In the above cases never use the [DISTRESS] button to transmit the distress relay. 1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE
STATION ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ GO
PSTN CALL TEST CALL : Safety ALL SHIPS : Telephone GROUP CALL : 2187.5 kHz AREA CALL POSITION
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAY SEL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID input window.
CALL TYPE: RELAY SEL
COAST ID ID IN DIST 000000000 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: NO INFORMATION COM. TYPE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ. : 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in COAST ID with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST window.
Compose message ** ** : RELAY SEL CALL TYPE
: --------COAST ID: 000000000 ID IN DIST NATURE : UNDESIGNATED : NO INFORMATION POS.: COM.TYPE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Key in ID of ship in distress with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. If you do not know the ID, simply push the [ENTER] knob without entering ID.
message ** Compose INDIVIDUAL ** : All ships
POLLING NEUTRAL MEDICAL RELAY ALL RELAY SEL DISTRESS
4-13
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.
COAST ID FIRE ID IN DIST FLOODING : 987654321 COLLISION NATURE :Undesignated GROUNDING POS: ION. : LISTING COM.TYPE : DSC FREQ
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER] knob. If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED. 9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu.
Compose message ** ** : ALL SHIPS CALL TYPE
INPUT TYPE: AUTO COAST ID DISTRESS RELAY LAT : 3445 NORTH ID IN DIST : 987654321 LON :: 13522 EAST NATURE UNDESIGNATE TIME: 10:00 UTC POS: COM. TYPE : DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Enter position of ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.

1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice and then go to step 11. 2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and longitude of ship in distress and time as follows: a) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob. b) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob. c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 11. Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time. 3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 11.
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : RELAY SEL
COAST ID: 001234567 ID IN DIST : 123456789 NATURE : UNDESIGNATED POS: 3445N 13522E AT 10:00 TELEPHONE COM. TYPE : NBDP-FEC 2187.5 kHz DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4-14
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : All ships UNDESIGNATED

SINKING DISABLE ABANDONING PIRACY MAN OVERBOARD EPIRB EMISSION
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE and then push the [ENTER] knob. (NBDP-FEC may also be used.) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
CALL TYPE: RELAY 2187.5ALL DISTRE4207.5 123456789 COAST ID: 6312.0 8414.5 ID IN DIST: 12577.0 16804.5 DSC FREQ KHZ GOTO TOALL EASY VIEW GO VIEW
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC (NBDP) frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display now looks something like the one below in case of radiotelephone.
CALL TYPE : RELAY SEL COAST ID : 001234567 ID IN DIST : NO INFO NATURE : SINKING POS: 3445N 13522E AT 10:00 COM. TYPE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
14. Press the [CALL] key, and the message Category distress transmit sure? appears. Continue pressing the key until the display shows Distress relay sel call in progress! to send the distress relay call.
TO COAST : 001234567 ID IN DIST : NO INFO POS : 3445N 13522E AT 10:00 TELEPHONE 8291.0 KHZ DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S [CALL] key pressed 3 seconds
Distress relay sel call in progress!

TO COAST : 001234567 SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ TIME TO GO : 8S
15. The equipment then waits for acknowledgement of the distress relay, displaying the message shown below. If the distress relay is not acknowledged within five minutes, the message No response. Try relay again. appears. If this occurs, send the distress relay again.
Wait for distress relay acknowledge.
FROM COAST : 001234567 SHIP IN DIST: NO INFO
DSC FREQ TIME TO GO :
: 8414.5 KHZ 4M59S
4-15
16. When you receive the distress relay acknowledge call, the audio alarm sounds and the display shown below appears.
Distress relay ack call received.
COAST ID : 001234567 SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO NATURE : SINKING POS : 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.0 KHZ STOP ALARM
17. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. The following display appears.
JAN-23-2002-23:59
* Received message * ECC:OK
DISTRESS RELAY ACK COAST ID : 001234567 SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO NATURE : SINKING POS : 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.0 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
18. Communicate with the coast station.
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships

Use this procedure to send the distress relay to all ships. 1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAY ALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST menu.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL
ID IN DIST
000000000
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 3445N 13545E AT 9:30 COM. TYPE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ. : 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of ship in distress (if known) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. (If you do not know the ID enter push the [ENTER] knob without entering ID.)
4-16
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.

Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : All ships UNDESIGNATED
FIRE ID IN DIST FLOODING : 987654321 NATURE COLLISION :Undesignated POS: ION. GROUNDING : COM.TYPE LISTING DSC FREQ :
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER] knob. (If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.) 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu, where you enter the position of the ship in distress and time, manually or automatically.
Compose message ** ** : ALL SHIPS CALL TYPE
INPUT TYPE: AUTO ID IN DIST DISTRESS RELAY LAT : 34 45 NORTH NATURE : UNDESIGNATE : 987654321 LON : 13545 EAST POS: TIME: 09:30 UTC COM. TYPE : DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Enter position of the ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.

1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice. Go to step 9. 2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and longitude of ship in distress and time as follows: a) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob. b) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob. c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 9. Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time. 3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 9. 9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.

ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE : NDESIGNATED TELEPHONE POS: 3445N NBDP-FEC : TELEPHONE COM. TYPE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE (or NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4-17
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
CALL TYPE: RELAY 2187.5ALL ID IN DIST: 123456789 4207.5 NATURE: UN 6312.0 POS: 3445N 8414.5 COM TYPE: 12577.0 DSC FREQ 16804.5 KHZ GOTO TOALL EASY VIEW GO VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display now looks something like the one below.
ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 3445N 13545E AT 09:30 COM TYPE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Press the [CALL] key, and the message Category distress transmit sure! appears. Continue pressing the key until the display shows Distress relay all call in progress! to send the distress relay call.
Category SENDdistress MESSAGE *** *** transmit sure? CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 3445N 13545E AT 09:30 COM TYPE : TELEPHONE 8414.5 KHZ DSC FREQ : KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S [CALL] key pressed 3 seconds
Distress relay all SEND MESSAGE *** *** call in progress! CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
8414.5 KHZ 29S
14. After the call is sent, the radiotelephone screen automatically appears.
4-18
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships

When you receive a distress relay for all ships, continue monitoring distress and safety frequencies. 1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one below when a distress relay all ships call is received.
Distress relay all call received.
FROM SHIP: 234567890 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.5 kHZ STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.
Received message
JAN-23-2002-23:59 ECC: OK
DISTRESS RELAY ALL FROM SHIP: 234567890 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. 4. Watch distress/safety frequency.
4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station

When you receive a distress relay call from a coast station, continue monitoring distress and safety frequencies. 1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one in the left-hand figure below when a distress relay is received from a coast station. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as in the right-hand figure below.
Distress relay all call received.
FROM COAST: 001234567 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.5 KHZ STOP ALARM
Received message
Press the [CANCEL] key.
JAN-23-2002-23:59 ECC: OK
DISTRESS RELAY ALL FROM COAST: 001234567 SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. 3. Watch distress/safety frequency.
4-19
4-20
CALLING, RECEIVING
This chapter provides the information necessary for general calling and receiving.
5.1 All Ships Call

When an urgent but not life-endangering situation arises on your ship, for example, engine trouble, send an all ships call to request assistance. After sending the call, you can communicate by voice over the radiotelephone, or send a message by telex. For telephone, do the following before beginning actual communications: URGENCY priority: Say PAN three times followed by your call sign. SAFETY priority: Say SECURITE three times followed by your call sign.
Coast Station Own Ship
5.1.1 Sending an all ships call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ALL SHIPS and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-1
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to display the PRIORITY menu.
CALL TYPE: PRIORITY COM. TYPE DSC FREQ ALL SHIPS SAFETY URGENCY : TELEPHONE DISTRESS : 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SAFETY or URGENCY as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob. (DISTRESS should be used only when there is a life endangering situation on board your vessel.) 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
PRIORITY : COM TYPE COM. TYPE SAFETY TELEPHONE NBDP-FEC DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications mode and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose message 2187.5 ** ** 4207.5 CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
PRIORITY COM TYPE :6312.0 SAFETY :8414.5 TELEPHONE 12577.0 16804.5 2187.5KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
DSC FREQ
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. For safety and urgency call the display shows All ships call in progress. For distress call, the display shows Category distress transmit sure? If you are sure to transmit with distress priority, continue pressing the [CALL] key to show "All ships call in progress!".
All ships call in progress!
SAFETY TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
2182.0 KHZ 2187.5 KHZ
5S
10. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent (timer counts down to zero). The equipment is then set up for telephone (or NBDP) and safety or urgency priority, using DSC pair frequencies.
5-2
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit 1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key. 4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key. Connect appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the line.
5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call

1. When an all ships call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the display looks something like the one shown below.
All ships call received.

FROM SHIP: SAFETY TELEPHONE
123456789 2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display shows partial contents of the all ships call as below.
Received message * * MAR-23-2002-23:59 ECC: OK

ALL SHIPS CALL FROM SHIP: SAFETY TELEPHONE
123456789 2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
To view detailed contents, push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Press the [CANCEL] key again to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch for communications about all ships call on the radiotelephone.
5-3
5.2 Individual Call

The individual call is for calling a specific station. After sending an individual call, called ACK RQ transmission, wait to receive the acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from the receiving station.
5.2.1 Sending an individual call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.
message ** Compose ** : INDIVIDUAL
: 0 0:0 0 0 0 0 0 0 : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
CALL TYPE
STATION ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
4. Use the numeric keys to key in the ID of the station where to send the call and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
Compose message ** ** : INDIVIDUAL CALL TYPE
ROUTINE : --------STATION ID BUSINESS : PRIORITY : TELEPHONE COM. TYPE SAFETY : NO INFOR COM. FREQ URGENCY : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-4
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority (normally ROUTINE) and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Routine or Business Priority For Safety or Urgency Priority
TELEPHONE NBPD-ARQ NBDP-FEC
Compose message ** : INDIVIDUAL ** CALL TYPE

: --------STATION ID TELEPHONE : ROUTINE PRIORITY NBDP-ARQ : COM. TYPE NBDP-FEC : NO INFOR COM. FREQ SPECIAL : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ GO
# MAIN TTY RCV

TTY MORSE KEY MORSE TAPE FACSIMILE DATA
Push [ENTER] knob to display.
V21 V22 V22 BIS V23
V26 BIS V26 TER V27 TER V32
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communications type desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. For routine and business priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For safety and urgency priority, go to step 11.
Compose message ** ** : INDIVIDUAL CALL TYPE
STATION ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ : 123456789 NO INFO FREQUENCY CHANNEL POSITION* : 12M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
* POSITION is displayed if a coast station is specified at step 3.
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency setting method desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. For FREQUENCY and CHANNEL, see How to Set Working Frequency, Channel on the next page. NO INFO and POSITION let the receiving station set the working frequency. Choose NO INFO or POSITION to send the call to a coast station; FREQUENCY or CHANNEL to send the call to a ship station.
5-5
How to Set Working Frequency, Channel

To send a call, set the working frequency as below, to communicate with the receiving station. The working frequency can be entered by Tx and Rx frequencies or channel number.
Routine or ship's business priority

1. After selecting FREQUENCY or CHANNEL, one of the following pop-up windows appears. TX: RX: 0.0 KHZ 0.0 KHZ CH: 0
Channel Frequency 2. Key in TX frequency or channel with the numeric keys. (For channel, push the [ENTER] knob to finish.) 3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the RX field, key in RX frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob to finish.
Safety or urgency priority

For safety or urgency priority the communication frequency cannot be selected; it is automatically set to the pair frequency as set for the DSC frequency.
11. Follow the instructions on the next page to choose DSC frequency desired.
5-6
How to Set DSC Frequency

Routine or ships business priority
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CALL TYPE: STATION ID: PRIORITY: COM. TYP: COM. FREQ: DSC FREQ
** Compose message ** INDIV 2 MHZ

4 MHZ 123456 6 RO MHZ 8 MHZ TELEP 12 MHZ NO I : 2M-INTL
16 MHZ 18 MHZ 22 MHZ 25 MHZ OTHER
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll. OTHER: Private channel
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob. One of the menus shown below appears depending on the band selected.
message ** Compose ** CALL TYPE : Individual 2 MHz
4 MHz Station : 001234567 INTL ID : T12577.5/R12657.0 6 MHz Priority : Routine LOCAL1 : T12578.0/R12657.5 8 MHz LOCAL2 Com. type : T12578.5/R12658.0 :12 Telephone MHz COM. FREQ : No infor : 12M-INTL DSC FREQ
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll menu to view user channels (if registered).
USER CH1 : T12345.0/R12345.0 USER CH2 : T12345.5/R12345.5 USER CH3 : T12346.0/R12346.0 USER CH4 : T12346.5/R12346.5
LOCAL = Local channel
GO TO ALL VIEW
2MHz menu INTL :T 2189.5/R 2177.0
8MHz menu INTL :T 8415.0/R 8436.5 LOCAL :T 8415.5/R8437.0 LOCAL :T 8416.0/R8437.5
18MHz menu INTL :T18898.5/R19703.5 LOCAL1 :T18899.0/R19704.0 LOCAL2 :T18899.5/R19704.5
4MHz menu INTL :T 4208.0/R 4219.5 LOCAL1 :T 4208.5/R 4220.0 LOCAL2 :T 4209.0/R 4220.5
12MHz menu INTL :T 12577.5/R12657.0 LOCAL1 :T 12578.0/R12657.5 LOCAL2 :T 12578.5/R12658.0
6MHz menu INTL :T 6312.5/R 6331.0 LOCAL1 :T 6313.0/R 6331.5 LOCAL2 :T 6313.5/R 6332.0
25MHz menu INTL :T 25208.5/R26121.0 LOCAL1 :T 25209.0/R26121.5 LOCAL2 :T 25209.5/R26122.0 Other menu INTL :T 458.5/R 455.5
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display shows the DSC frequency band selected, at "DSC FREQ".
Safety or urgency priority

For safety or urgency priority "COM. FREQ" is automatically set to the same pair frequency as the DSC frequency. 1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message ** Compose ** INDIVIDUAL 2187.5
001234567 4207.5 6312.0 : SAFETY 8414.5 : TELEPHONE 12577.0 : 2182.0KHZ 16804.5 : 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
CALL TYPE: STATION ID: PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-7
12. Press the [CALL] key to send the individual call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows the message "Individual request call in progress!" while the call is being sent.
Individual request call in progress!
123456789 TO SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE 2138.0 KHZ 2177.0 KHZ DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 7S
Note: When the channel is in use, "CH BUSY" appears at the lower left-hand side of the screen. Press [CALL] key for forced transmission.
13. After the call is sent, the equipment waits for acknowledgement of the call, showing the display below.
Waiting for acknowledgement.
FROM SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
123456789
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
4M30S
14. The timer starts counting down the maximum time to wait for acknowledgement, five minutes, randomly set. One of the following three messages appears. (No response! Try calling again. appears after the timer counts down to zero. It means the receiving station did not respond.)
Able acknowledge call received.
FROM SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE
123456789
Unable acknowledge call received.

NO REASON GIVEN FROM SHIP: ROUTINE
123456789
No response! Try calling again?

FROM SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE DSC FREQ :
123456789
2138.0 KHZ STOP ALARM
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
CALL AGAIN
Able acknowledge call received
Unable acknowledge call received
No response from station
15. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 14.
5-8
Able acknowledge call received Communicating by radiotelephone The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence it, and the display changes as below. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. The working frequency is automatically set; you may start voice communications by radiotelephone.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGE 123456789 FROM SHIP: ROUTINE 2138.0 KHZ TELEPHONE GO TO ALL VIEW
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit 1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key. 4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key. Connect appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the line. Unable acknowledge call received The alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks something like the one below. Send the call again later. If the coast station sends the message QUEUE INDICATION, wait until your turn arrives.
* Received message * MAR-23-2002-23:59 ECC: OK

UNABLE ACKOWLEDGE NO REASON GIVEN FROM SHIP: ROUTINE
123456789
GO TO ALL VIEW
Reason for unable to acknowledge: NO REASON GIVEN CONGESTION AT SWITCHING CENTRE* BUSY QUEUE INDICATION* STATION BARRED* NO OPERATOR AVAILABLE* OPERATOR TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE* EQUIPMENT DISABLE MODE NOT USABLE CHANNEL NOT USABLE
* Coast station use
No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by pressing the [CALL] key. Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to go to radiotelephone screen.
5-9
5.2.2 Receiving an individual call

When own ship receives an individual call, acknowledgement is automatically or manually sent depending on the comply-type setting (see paragraph 7.2). The relationship between comply type and automatic/manual acknowledge is as shown in the table below.
Comply type Setting of [5/ACQ /SQ] key AUTO ACK MANUAL ACK ABLE UNABLE
Can send acknowledge automatically Can send acknowledge manually
Can send UNABLE automatically. Can send UNABLE manually.
Note: The handset must be on hook to enable automatic acknowledge. Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type ABLE 1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active (AUTO ACK) and the comply type is ABLE, the display shown below appears. This display indicates that the auto acknowledge (ACK BQ) call is being sent.
Able acknowledge call in progress!
TO SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
123456789
CH 201
2177.0 KHZ
6S
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds and the following message appears.
Able acknowledge call transmitted.
TO SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE
123456789
CH 201 STOP ALARM
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.
MAR-23-2002-23:01
* Xmitted message *
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 123456789 TO SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE CH 201 RE-SEND
" ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CANCEL] key. You can now communicate with the party, over the radiotelephone frequency specified or by the NBDP terminal unit.
5-10
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to send a message by NBDP Terminal Unit. 1. 2. 3. 4. The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies. The message from the other station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. After receiving the message from other station, type your message and then transmit it. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type UNABLE 1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active (AUTO ACK) and comply type is UNABLE, the display shown below appears, indicating that the auto acknowledge call with UNABLE (ACK BQ) is being sent.
Unable acknowledge call in progress!
BUSY TO SHIP : 121234567 ROUTINE DSC FREQ : 12577.5 KHZ TIME TO GO : 6S
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds and the following message appears.
Unable acknowledge call transmitted.
BUSY TO SHIP : ROUTINE
121234567
STOP ALARM
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.
JUL-23-2002-23:01
* Xmitted message *
121234567
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE BUSY TO SHIP : ROUTINE RE-SEND
ALL VIEW
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to confirm the message. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the message. Choose GO TO EASY VIEW and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-11
5. If you want to send a proposal, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RE-SEND and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : UNABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID : 001234567 REASON: NO REASON GIVEN STATION ID: 001234567 DSC FREQ : 12M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
a) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu. b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob. c) Prepare message as appropriate and then press the [CALL] key to transmit the message. After you receive acknowledgement from the other party you can start communications.
Manually acknowledging individual call with ABLE 1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual acknowledge (MANUAL ACK)and comply type ABLE, the alarm sounds and the display looks like the one below.
Individual request call received.
121234567
CH 401 STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as shown below.
Received message
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00 ECC: OK
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST 001234567 FROM SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE CH 401 ANSWER
! " ALL VIEW
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob to choose ALL VIEW and then push [ENTER] knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob. Push the [ENTER] knob again to open the CALL TYPE menu.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID ABLE : 001234567 COM. TYPE UNABLE : TELEPHONE COM. FREQ : CH 401 DSC FREQ : 4M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
5-12
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below. (Working frequency is automatically set as specified by other party.)
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE: ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID: 121234567 COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE COM. FREQ: CH401 DSC FREQ: 4M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display changes as below.

TO SHIP : 121234567 ROUTINE TELEPHONE CH 401 DSC FREQ : 4208.0 KHZ TIME TO GO: 7S
6. After the call is completely sent (transmission time: 7 sec.), the radiotelephone screen appears (if the communications mode is telephone). You can begin voice communications by radiotelephone. For NBDP operation, do the following:
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal Unit. 1. 2. 3. 4. The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies. The message from the other party appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. After receiving the message from the other party, type your message and transmit it. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
5-13
Manually acknowledging individual call with UNABLE 1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual acknowledge, the alarm sounds and the display shows the message "Individual request call received."
Individual request call received.
121234567
CH 401 STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST 121234567 FROM SHIP: ROUTINE TELEPHONE CH 401 ANSWER
! " ALL VIEW
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob to choose ALL VIEW and push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob. 4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT ABLE TO SHIP : 001234567 COM. TYPE UNABLE : TELEPHONE COM. FREQ : CH401 DSC FREQ: 4M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose UNABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob. 6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the REASON menu.
NO REASON ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REASON BUSY : NO REASON EQUIPGIVEN DISABLE TO SHIP MODE : 001234567 NOT USABLE DSC FREQ 12,577.5 KHZ CH : NOT USABLE
7. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate reason and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-14
8. The display changes as below.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REASON : CHANNEL NOT USABLE STATION ID : 121234567 DSC FREQ : 4M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display shows "Unable acknowledge call in progress!" while the call is being sent.
Unable acknowledge call in progress!
CHANNEL NOT USABLE TO SHIP: ROUTINE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
121234567 4208.0 KHZ
6S
10. The timer counts down the time remaining until the call is sent (transmission time: about seven seconds). The DSC standby screen appears after the call has been transmitted.
5.3 Group Call

A group call is for calling a specific group by specifying its group ID.
5.3.1 Sending a group call

CALL TYPE
2. Choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID menu.
Compose message ** ** : GROUP CALL CALL TYPE
GROUP ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
000000000 : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in group ID (nine digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-15
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.

Compose message ** ** : GROUP CALL CALL TYPE
GROUP ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ :ROUTINE 012345678 SAFETY URGENCY NO INFO : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message ** ** : GROUP CALL CALL TYPE TELEPHONE
GROUP ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ : 012345678 NBDP-FEC : Routine SPECIAL : Telephone
For Routine Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll.
For Safety or Urgency

TELEPHONE NBDP-FEC
# MAIN TTY RCV
: No infor : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
TTY MORSE KEY MORSE TAPE FACSIMILE
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For safety or urgency priority, go to step 11.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : GROUP CALL
GROUP ID : 012345678 NO INFO PRIORITY : ROUTINE COM. TYPE FREQUENCY : TELEPHONE COM. FREQ : 2164.0 kHz CHANNEL DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL GO GOTO TOALL ALL VIEW VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. (See page 5-6 for details.) NO INFO lets other party choose communication frequency. 11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : Individual CALL
GROUP ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
2 MHZ : 001234567 4 MHZ E : Routine 6 MHZ : Telephone ONE 8 MHZ : No infor 12 MHZ
: $ 12M-INTL
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to select. OTHER: Private channels.
GO TO ALL VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. (See How to set DSC frequency on page 5-7 for details.)
5-16
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : GROUP CALL

GROUP ID PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ : 012345678 : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : 2164.0 KHZ : 2M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Press the [CALL] key to send the group call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows "Group call in progress!" while the call is being sent.
Group call in progress!
GROUP ID : ROUTINE TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO :
012345678 2164.0 KHZ 2177.0 KHZ
6S
14. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent, if frequency was specified. 15. If you selected TELEPHONE at step 7, communicate by radiotelephone. For NBDP, do the following: Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit 1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key. 4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key. Connect appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the line.
5-17
5.3.2 Receiving a group call

Group ID must be registered in order to receive a group call. See paragraph 6.2. 1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows "Group call received" when a group call is received.
Group call received.
123456789 TX: 2164.0 KHZ RX: 2164.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:59

123456789 TX: 2164.0 KHZ RX: 2164.0 KHZ
GROUP CALL FROM SHIP : ROUTINE TELEPHONE
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working frequency. Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a group call, do the following: 1. The controls units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies. 2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5-18
5.4 Geographical Area Call

The geographical area call is for sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in your geographical area call. In the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships within 24-34N, 135-140W.
Reference point (For example, 34N 140W) 34N
10
24N 140W 5 135W
5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call

CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA menu.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : AREA CALL
AREA PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
00N 000E 00 00 : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the [1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the [ENTER] knob.
5-19
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.

ROUTINE W 12 5 AREA : 3400N 123 PRIORITY :SAFETY Routine COM. TYPE :URGENCY Telephone COM. FREQ DSC FREQ : NO INFO : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
For Routine For Safety or Urgency
TELEPHONE NBDP-FEC
** CALL TYPE
Compose message
TELEPHONE AREA : 3400N 133W 120 12 NBDP-FEC PRIORITY : Routine SPECIAL COM. TYPE : Telephone
** : AREA CALL
$
: NO INFO : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll.
# MAIN TTY RCV
COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
TTY MORSE KEY MORSE TAPE FACSIMILE
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For safety or urgency priority, go to step 12.
Compose message ** ** : AREA CALL CALL TYPE
AREA: 34N 140W 10 5 NO INFO PRIORITY FREQUENCY COM. TYPE CHANNEL COM. FREQ DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency or channel and then enter frequency or channel. (See page 5-6 for details.) 11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
** CALL TYPE:
AREA: PRIORITY COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
Compose message
Individual 2 MHZ 4 MHZ 001234567 6 MHZ : Routine 8 MHZ : Telephone 12 MHZ : No infor : 12M-INTL
**

OTHER: Private channels.
TL
GO TO ALL VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
5-20
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. (See How to set DSC frequency on page 5-7 for details.) Your display should now look something like one below.
AREA : 34N 140W 10 5 PRIORITY : ROUTINE COM. TYPE : TELEPHONE COM. FREQ : 2164.0 KHZ DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
14. Press the [CALL] key to send the geographical area call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows "Geographical area call in progress!" while the call is being sent.
Geographical area call in progress!
AREA: 34N 140W 10 5 ROUTINE TELEPHONE 2164.0 KHZ DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL TIME TO GO : 7S
15. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. If you chose radiotelephone at step 8, you can now communicate with the other party. For NBDP, do the following: Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit 1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key. 4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key. Connect appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the line.
5-21
5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call

1. The alarm sounds and the display shows "Geographical area call received" when a geographical area call is received.
Geographical area call received.
123456789 TX: 2164.0KHZ RX: 2164.0KHZ
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:59
GEOGRAPHICAL AREA FROM SHIP : 123456789 ROUTINE TX: 2164.0KHZ TELEPHONE RX: 2164.0KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working frequency specified in the geographic area call. Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a geographic call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit: 1. The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies. 2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5-22
5.5 Neutral Craft Call

The neutral craft call, which contains own ship position and ID, informs all ships that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict. Send the call BEFORE entering an area of armed conflict.
5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NEUTRAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
message ** Compose: NEUTRAL **
CALL TYPE PRIORITY COM. TYPE DSC FREQ craft SAFETY : Safety URGENCY : TELEPHONE : 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu. 6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone or NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message 2187.5 : Neutral ** Compose ** 4207.5
CALL TYPE PRIORITY COM. TYPE DSC FREQ craft 6312.0 :8414.5 Safety 12577.0 : Telephone 16804.5 :2187.5 kHz
VIEW GO TO ALL VIEW
KHZ
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-23
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : NEUTRAL

CRAFT PRIORITY COM. TYPE DSC FREQ : SAFETY : TELEPHONE : 2187.5 KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the neutral craft call (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.).
Neutral craft call in progress!
SAFETY TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
2182.0 KHZ 2187.5 KHZ
7S
10. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. Inform all ships by radiotelephone that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict. Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit 1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key. 4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key. Connect appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the line.
5-24
5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call

1. When a neutral craft call is received the alarm sounds and the display changes as below.
Neutral craft call received.
FROM SHIP: SAFETY TELEPHONE
123456789 2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:59

123456789 2182.0 KHZ
NEUTRAL CRAFT FROM SHIP: SAFETY TELEPHONE
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working frequency specified by radiotelephone or NBDP. Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit. 1. The control units display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies. 2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5-25
5.6 Medical Transport Call

The medical transport call informs all ships, by urgency priority, that own ship carries medical supplies.
5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call

CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MEDICAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: PRIORITY is automatically selected to URGENCY.

3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu. 4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone and NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message ** Compose2187.5 **
CALL TYPE PRIORITY COM. TYPE DSC FREQ : Medical 4207.5 transport 6312.0 :8414.5 Urgency 12577.0 : Telephone 16804.5 :2187.5 KHZ
VIEW GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : MEDICAL

TRANSPORT PRIORITY COM. TYPE DSC FREQ : URGENCY : TELEPHONE :
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows Medical transport call in progress! while the call is being sent.
5-26
Medical transport call in progress!

URGENCY TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO :
2182.0 KHZ 2187.5 KHZ
7S
8. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen automatically appears. Inform all ships (by radiotelephone) that your ship is transporting medical supplies. For NBDP do the following:
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit 1. The message STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape. appears on the NBDPs display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose Call Station and then press the [Enter] key. 4. DSC is selected; press the [Enter] key. Connect appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the line.
5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call

1. When a medical transport call is received, the alarm sounds and the display looks as below.
Medical transport call received.
FROM SHIP: URGENCY TELEPHONE
123456789 2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:59
MEDICAL TRANSPORT 123456789 FROM SHIP: URGENCY TELEPHONE 2182.0 KHZ GO TO ALL ALL VIEW VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen to watch on frequency specified.
5-27
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit. 1. The display shows OCCUPIED and the TX and RX frequencies. 2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5.7 Polling Call

Polling means confirming if own station is within communicating range with other station. This function only provides affirmative or negative response; it does not provide position information. Note that simultaneous polling to more than one station is not possible.
1 Polling
2 Acknowledge
3 Polling 4 Acknowledge
5.7.1 Sending a polling call

1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POLLING and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.
CALL TYPE STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : POLLING : --------000000000 : ROUTINE : 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of station with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
5-28
CALL TYPE STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : Polling ROUTINE : 987654321 BUSINESS : Routine SAFETY : 12M-INTL URGENCY
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
**
Compose message
2 MHZ : Medical 4 MHZ transport 6 MHZ :8 Urgency MHZ 12 MHZ : Telephone
**

CALL TYPE STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ
$ :267.5 kHz VIEW
TL
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
CALL TYPE STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : POLLING : 123456789 : ROUTINE : 2M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display changes as below.
Polling request call in progress!

TO SHIP: ROUTINE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
7S
5-29
10. After the call is sent, the following display appears.
Waiting for polling acknowledgement.

FROM SHIP: ROUTINE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
4M59S
11. The timer counts down the time remaining to wait for acknowledgment of the call. One of the following displays appears. (No response! Try calling again? appears when there is no response from receiving station. The timer counts down to zero in this case.)
Polling acknowledge call received.

FROM SHIP : ROUTINE NO INFORMATION
123456789

FROM SHIP: ROUTINE DSC FREQ :
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
CALL AGAIN
Polling acknowledge call received
No response
12. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 11. Polling acknowledge call received The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below. You can confirm if called party is within communicating range.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE 123456789 FROM SHIP: ROUTINE NO INFORMATION GO TO ALL VIEW
No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key. Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5-30
5.7.2 Receiving a polling call

Automatic reply
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds when a polling request call is received and the equipment is set up for automatic acknowledge: POLLING on the Auto Ack menu is ON and the [5/ACK/ SQ] key is set to show AUTO ACK on the display. For details see paragraph 7.2.
Polling auto acknowledge call in progress!

TO SHIP : ROUTINE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO :
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
7S
2. After the polling automatic acknowledge call is transmitted, the following display appears and the audio alarm sounds.
Polling auto acknowledge call transmitted.

TO SHIP : ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:00:09
** Xmitted message **
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE TO SHIP : 123456789 ROUTINE
RE-SEND
"
ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5-31
Manual reply
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds when a polling request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is MANUAL ACK.
Polling request call received.
FROM SHIP : ROUTINE
987654321
STOP ALARM
Received message * * MAR-23-2002-23:01
POLLING REQUEST 987654321 FROM SHIP : ROUTINE
ANSWER
"
ALL VIEW
3. To respond to the call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
CALL TYPE : POLLING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID: 987654321 PRIORITY : ROUTINE DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CALL] key to send the polling acknowledge call. The display changes as below.
Polling acknowledge call in progress!

TO SHIP ROUTINE : 987654321
2177.0 KHZ
7S
After the call is sent the DSC standby screen appears.
5-32
5.8 Position Call

There are two types of position calls: other station requires your ships position and your ship requests position of another ship. Finding position of other station
(1) Position request call (2) Position Information
Own Station
Other Station
Sending own ship's position to other station
(1) Requests ship's position
(2) Sends position Information
Own Ship
5-33
5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ships position

CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.
CALL TYPE: STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ POSITION REQUEST
000000000
: ROUTINE :2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of station (nine digits) which you want to know its position and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
CALL TYPE STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : Position ROUTINE request BUSINESS : 987654321 SAFETY : Routine URGENCY :12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message ** Compose ** 2 MHZ
: POSITION 4 MHZ REQUEST 6 MHZ 8 MHZ STATION ID : 987654321 MHZ PRIORITY 12 : ROUTINE DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW CALL TYPE 16 MHZ 18 MHZ 22 MHZ 25 MHZ OTHER
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll. OTHER: Special, private channels.
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-34
9. The display now looks something like the illustration below.
CALL TYPE: STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ POSITION REQUEST : 123456789 : ROUTINE : 2M-INTL GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The following display appears.
Position request call in progress!

TO SHIP : ROUTINE
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
7S
11. After the call has been sent, the following display appears.
Waiting for pos acknowledgment.

FROM SHIP : ROUTINE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
4M30S
12. One of the following messages appears. (No response! Try calling again? appears after the time has counted down to zero, meaning there was no response from the party called.)
Pos acknowledge call received.

FROM SHIP : 123456789 ROUTINE 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 POS : STOP ALARM

FROM SHIP : ROUTINE DSC FREQ :
123456789
2177.0 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
Position acknowledge call received
No response
5-35
13. Do one of the following depending on the message displayed at step 12.
Acknowledge call received The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks as below. You can now confirm position of other ship.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE 123456789 FROM SHIP : ROUTINE 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 POS : GO TO ALL VIEW
No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key. Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key.
5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position

You may turn automatic acknowledge of position request on or off with POSITION CALL in the AUTO ACK menu. For further details, see page 8-3. Automatic reply 1. When another ship requests your position and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is AUTO ACK and the setting of POSITION CALL on the Auto ack menu is ON, the FS-1570/2570 transmits own position data (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.), showing the display below.
Position auto acknowledge call in progress!
TO SHIP : 123456789 ROUTINE POS: 3530N 13530E AT 23:54 DSC FREQ : 2177.0 KHZ TIME TO GO : 7S
2. After the call is sent the audio alarm sounds and the display below appears.
Position auto acknowledge call transmitted.

TO SHIP: 123456789 ROUTINE POS: 3530N 13530E AT 23:54 STOP ALARM
5-36
Xmitted message ** ** MAR-23-2002-23:59:09
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE TO SHIP : 987654321 ROUTINE POS : 3500N 13500E AT 23:59 GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen. Manual reply 1. When a position request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is MANUAL ACK, the audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below.
Position request call received.
FROM SHIP: ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
MAR-23-2002-23:00:01
POSITION REQUEST FROM SHIP : 123456789 ROUTINE
ANSWER
" ALL VIEW
3. To send your ships position, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob. Your display should now look something like the one below.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE: POSITION
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT POSITION: 35 00N 135 00E AT 23:01
DSC FREQ :
2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-37
4. Confirm the position shown and then press the [CALL] to send the position data call (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.). The display changes as below.
Pos acknowledge call in progress!
TO SHIP : 123456789 ROUTINE POS: 3500N 13500E AT 23:01 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
5. The DSC standby screen automatically appears after the call is sent.
5.9 PSTN Call

The PSTN call allows the making and receiving of telephone calls over public switched telephone networks. To use the PSTN call feature, use a handset which has a HOOK ON/OFF function. The standard supply handset has this feature.
5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ)

CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.
Compose message ** ** PSTN CALL CALL TYPE:
COAST ID TEL NO. : DSC FREQ 00000000
:12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-38
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL NO. menu.

Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE: PSTN CALL
COAST ID TEL NO. DSC FREQ : 001234567
---------------:12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Enter telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
** CALL TYPE
COAST ID TEL NO. DSC FREQ
Compose message
2 MHz CALL : PSTN 4 MHz : 123456789 6 MHz : 123456789012345 8 MHz 12 MHz :12M-INTL
**

16 MHz 18 MHz 22 MHz 25 MHz OTHER
OTHER: Special, private channel
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : PSTN CALL
COAST ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the PSTN call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows the following message.
PSTN request call in progress!

TO COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
7S
10. One of the following three displays appears. (No response. Try calling again. Appears after timer counts down to zero and it means there was no response from the coast station.)
5-39

FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
Unable acknowledge call received.

BUSY FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 STOP ALARM

FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : 12577.5 KHZ RE-SEND
25S
11. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 10. Waiting for acknowledgement
1) If the PSTN call is accepted, the PSTN connection call is sent (transmission time: about seven seconds), showing the display below.
PSTN connection call in progress!

12577.0 KHZ
7S
2) After the call is sent the following messages appears.

12577.5 KHZ
25S
3) Then, one of the following displays appears.

PSTN call connected.
TO COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ :
12577.5 KHZ
PSTN end of call in progress!

12577.5 KHZ
8S
PSTN call connected
PSTN end of call
4) Follow the instructions below depending on the message shown in 3) above. PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; pick up the handset and communicate with the party you called. PSTN end of call in progress: This means channel could not be used. After the timer counts down to zero repeat this procedure to re-send the call.
5-40
Unable acknowledge call received 1) The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the alarm. The display shown below appears.
MAR-23-2002-23:01
* Received message *OK ECC:
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE BUSY FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 GO TO ALL VIEW
2) Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen. Try the call again later. No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key. Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5-41
5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ)

1. The following display appears when a PSTN call is received when automatic acknowledge is turned on.

4208.0 KHZ
8S
2. The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears.
Pick up the handset or press CALL key.

4208.0 KHZ
60S
3. Pick up the handset or press the [CALL] key within one minute.

4208.0 KHZ
7S
4. When the timer counts down to zero the following message appears.
4208.0 KHZ
25S
5-42
5. Shortly thereafter, one of the following messages appears.

PSTN call connected.
TO COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ

4208.0KHZ

4208.0KHZ
25S
7S
PSTN call connected
PSTN connection call in progress
PSTN end of call
6. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 5.

PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; communicate with party. PSTN connection call in progress!: If the channel assigned is appropriate, the message Waiting for acknowledgment. appears. (If the channel cannot be used the message PSTN end of call in progress! appears. In this case, start this procedure again.) PSTN end of call in progress!: The channel could not be used. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5.9.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (ship disconnects line)
1. After hanging up the handset or pressing the [CANCEL] key to complete your call, the display shows the following message.
12577.5 KHZ
8S
2. After the call is sent, the following messages appears.

Waiting for charge information.
12577.5 KHZ
20S
3. When the timer counts down to zero one of the following displays appear.
Charge information call received.
CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 STOP ALARM
No response! charge information.

FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
5-43
4. For No response! charge information., the equipment reverts to step 2 in this procedure to await charge information. For Charge information call received., the audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the audio alarm. The display shown below appears.
Received message * * MAR-23-2002-23:59 ECC: OK
CHARGE INFORMATION CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 GO TO ALL VIEW
5.9.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (coast station disconnects line)
1. The PSTN line is disconnected by the coast station when it finds no evidence of communications or the land subscriber hangs up. The coast station then sends charge information as below.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
* Received message * OK ECC:
CHARGE INFORMATION CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 GO TO ALL VIEW
2. For no charge information the display looks as below.
MAR-23-2002-23:59
CHARGE INFORMATION CHARGE TIME : NO INFO FROM COAST : 001234567 TEL NO. 1234567890123456 GO TO ALL VIEW
5-44
5.10 Log File

Three log files are provided for storage of calls: received ordinary log, received distress log and transmitted log. Each log file stores 50 calls, on a first-in, first-out basis. This means that the latest call is saved as log no.1 and the log no. of all previous calls in that log increments by one. When the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest call is deleted to make room for the latest. An asterisk (*) marks unread or unacknowledged calls. Received distress calls are automatically deleted 48 hours after being read.
5.10.1 Opening a log file

The procedure for opening a log is common to all logs. The example below shows how to open the received distress log. 1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [LOG/TUNE] key to open the Log file menu.
WATCH KEEPING Select log file AUTO ACK DISTRESS 2187.5 6312.0 4207.5 RECEIVED ORDINARY 16804.5 12577.0 8414.5 RECEIVED DISTRESS ROUTINE TRANSMITTED 2177.0 6331.0 4219.5 8436.5 16903.0 12657.0 3500.000N MANUAL 13500.000E 23:59
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose desired log and push the [ENTER] knob. For example, choose the RECEIVED DISTRESS log and then push the [ENTER] knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the log. Asterisk indicates unread message.
log * Rcvd distress * DISTRESS
DISTRESS DISTRESS * DISTRESS DISTRESS DISTRESS
01.APR-10-19:58 02.APR-10-19:56 03.APR-10-13:45 04.APR-10-11:52 05.APR-10-11:43 06.MAR-22-21:18
Scroll with the [ENTER] knob.
45.MAR-01-23:45 46.FEB-28-19:56 47.FEB-28-19:48 48.FEB-28-19:44 49.FEB-21-12:36 50.FEB-17-12:34
log * Rcvd distress * DISTRESS *
OLD
OLD
NEW
*DISTRESS *DISTRESS *DISTRESS *DISTRESS *DISTRESS
3. To view the contents of a file, do the following: a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL DELETE
b) DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.
FEB-17-2002-12:34:56
* Received message ECC:* OK
DISTRESS CALL SHIP IN DIST : 987654321 NATURE : UNDESIGNATED POS : 1234N 12345E AT 12:34 2182.0 KHZ TELEPHONE ANSWER ALL VIEW
5-45
4. To scroll the log up and down, use the [FILE/CURSOR] and [#/SETUP] keys, respectively. Use [FILE/CURSOR] key to scroll forward; the [#/SETUP] to scroll backward. 5. To print all files in the log selected, press the [8/PRINT] key. 6. To reply to an unanswered call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, press the [ENTER] knob, and then press the [CALL] key. 7. To return to the log selected, press the [CANCEL] key. Deleting files 1. Do steps 1-2 and 3a) in the previous procedure to choose the file you wish to delete. 2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then press the [ENTER] knob. The log files are renumbered to reflect the deletion. Unread files cannot be deleted.
5.11 Erasing Message Files

The Erase file menu allows you to erase the entire contents of the received ordinary log, received distress log, transmitted log and send message log. 1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key. 2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Erase file menu. 3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the item to erase and then push the [ENTER] knob. 4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob.
**** Erase file ****

RCVD ORDINARY LOG? RCVD DISTRESS LOG? TRANSMIT? SEND MESSAGE?
To cancel, press [ENTER] knob or [CANCEL] key.

[ENTER] knob
ERASE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. ARE YOU SURE? YES NO
Item selected for erasure appears in 2nd row. To erase, select YES with the [ENTER] knob and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-46
PREPARING TX CALLS
In Chapter 5 you learned how to prepare and send various types of DSC calls. In this chapter you will learn how to prepare and store individual, PSTN, group, area and test calls for future transmission. 150 calls can be stored. .
6.1 Preparing Individual Calls

1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
****
Setup menu
****
ALARM AUTO ACK ERASE MESSAGE POSITION PRINT OUT
SCAN FREQ VOLUME TEST SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
file entry * Message INDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE STATION ID COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL PSTN CALL --------: GROUP CALL : TELEPHONE AREA CALL : NO INFO TEST CALL : 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID entry window.
* Message file entry
: INDIVIDUAL : --------000000000 : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of coast station or ship station with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
6-1
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE window.

entry * Message: file GROUP CALL
: INDIVIDUAL TELEPHONE : 012345678 : 001234567 NBDP-ARQ : Routine : TELEPHONE NBDP-FEC : NO INFO : 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ window.
CALL TYPE: STATION ID COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
INDIVIDUAL : 123456789 NO INFO : TELEPHONE FREQUENCY : NO INFO CHANNEL : 2M-INTL POSITION*
* POSITION appears when coast station ID is entered in the field STATION ID.
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob. Call to coast station: NO INFO or POSITION. Call to ship station: FREQUENCY or CHANNEL. Enter appropriate frequency or channel, referring to page 5-6. 11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Message2file entry MHZ

4 MHZ : INDIVIDUAL 6 MHZ : 001234567 8 MHZ : 12 TELEPHONE MHZ : NO INFO : 2M-INL
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll. OTHER: Special, private channels.

12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob. 13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. 14. Enter file name and number as shown on the next page.
6-2
How to Enter File Name and Number

1. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file name entry window.

FILE NAME : ---------------FILE NUMBER : --FILE ENTRY
2. Use the numeric keys and [ENTER] knob to enter file name (max. 16 characters). For example, enter FURUNO as the file name. Push the [ENTER] knob after entering.
Key and available character, symbol [1] : 1(blank)1 [2ABC] : 2ABC2 [3DEF] : 3DEF3 [4GHI] : 4GHI4 [5JKL] : 5JKL5 [6MNO] : 6MNO6 [7PQRS] : 7PQRS7 [8TUV] : 8TUV8 [9WXYZ] : 9WXYZ9 [0] : 0_ 0 1. Rotate [ENTER] knob to select location. 2. Press appropriate key.
How to enter "FURUNO" as file name 1. Press the [3] key to display F. 2. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor. 3. Press the [8] key to select U. 4. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor. 5. Press the [7] key to select R. 6. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor. 7. Press the [8] key to select U. 8. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor. 9. Press the [6] key to select N. 10. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor. 11. Press the [6] key to select O. 12. Push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file number entry window. Key in file number in three digits with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [0], [1], [ENTER] knob to enter file number 001.

FILE NAME : FURUNO FILE NUMBER : 001 --FILE ENTRY
Note: The available file number is 001-799 and 900-999.
4. Push the [ENTER] knob. The display shows the name and file number entered.

FURUNO No.001 file entered Go to next file? YES: [ENT] key NO: [CANCEL] key
FILE ENTRY
If the file name or number exists the message "Duplicate name (number) ! Overwrite OK?" appears. Push the [ENTER] knob to write over the name, or press the [CANCEL] key to escape.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to continue.
6-3
6.2 Preparing Group Calls

1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
Setup menu **** **** ALARM SCAN FREQ

AUTO ACK ERASE MESSAGE POSITION PRINT OUT VOLUME TEST SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID entry window.
CALL TYPE: GROUP ID COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ
GROUP CALL -------: 0000000000 : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of group with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
GROUP CALL : 012345678 : TELEPHONE : NO INFO NBDP-FEC : 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.
6-4
GROUP CALL : 012345678 NO INFO : TELEPHONE FREQUENCY : NO INFO CHANNEL : 2M-INTL
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter frequency or channel. (See page 5-6 for details for how to enter frequency and channel.) 11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Message 2 file entry MHZ
CALL TYPE GROUP ID COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ 4 MHZ : INDIVIDUAL 6 MHZ : 001234567 8 MHZ : 12 TELEPHONE MHZ : NO INFO : 2M-INTL

OTHER: Special, private channels.
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. 13. Follow How to Enter File Name and Number on page 6-3 to enter file name and number.
6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls

1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu. 2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA entry window.
CALL TYPE: AREA CALL N E AREA : -00 N --000 E -00 -00 : TELEPHONE COM. TYPE COM. FREQ : NO INFO : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ
6-5
6. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the [1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE: AREA: 3400N COM. TYPE COM. FREQ DSC FREQ

13500W 10 10
: GROUP CALL : TELEPHONE : NO INFO NBDP-FEC : 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.
CALL TYPE: AREA CALL AREA : 3400N 13500E 10 10 NO INFO : TELEPHONE COM. TYPE FREQUENCY INFO COM. FREQ : NO CHANNEL : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter channel or frequency. (See page 5-6 for how to enter channel and frequency.) 11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
4 MHZ CALL TYPE : AREA CALL 6 MHZ E 12 10 AREA : 3400N 123 8 MHZ COM. TYPE : 12 TELEPHONE MHZ COM. FREQ : NO INFO DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL
Message 2 file entry MHZ

6-6
6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls

4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.
CALL TYPE COAST ID TEL NO. : DSC FREQ

: 2M-INTL
: PSTN CALL : 000000000 0----------------------
6. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL. NO. entry window.
CALL TYPE: COAST ID TEL NO. : DSC FREQ

: 2M-INTL
PSTN CALL : 001234567 --: -------------
8. Key in telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
CALL TYPE: COAST ID TEL NO. : DSC FREQ
Message file entry 2 MHZ

4 MHZ PSTN CALL 6 MHZ 001234567 8 MHZ --1234567890 12 MHZ : 2M-INTL TL

OTHER: Special, private channels.
6-7
6.5 Preparing Test Calls

4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.

CALL TYPE COAST ID : TEST 000000000
DSC FREQ
"
2187.5 KHZ
6. Enter coast ID where to send the test message and then push the [ENTER] knob. 7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
file entry * Message 2187.5
: Test 4207.5 : 001234567 6312.0 :8414.5 Safety : kHz 12577.0 16804.5
VIEW
CALL TYPE COAST ID
DSC FREQ
KHZ
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. 9. Follow How to Enter File Name and Number on page 6-3 to enter file name and number.
6-8
6.6 Sending Prepared Calls

Sending without modification 1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file list. Below is an example of the send message file list.
Send message file * * 001 - FURUNO JAPAN
002 - FURUNO USA 003 - FURUNO UK 004 - FURUNO DENMARK 005 - FURUNO NORWAY 006 - FURUNO SPAIN
$DOWN
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a file. 3. Press the [CALL] key to send the message. Editing before sending 1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file list. 2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL DELETE
3. DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob. The message contents are shown on the Compose message screen. 4. Edit the message as necessary. 5. Press the [CALL] key to send the message.
6-9
6.7 Deleting Send Message Files

1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file list. 2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL DELETE
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then push the [ENTER] knob. Note: You may collectively erase all send message files. For details see paragraph 5.11.
6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files

You can print a list of send message files as follows: 1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key to open the Send message file list. 2. Press the [8/PRINT] key. 3. YES is selected; push the [ENTER] knob to print.
********** Send message file ********** 001. FURUNO JAPAN INDIVIDUAL CALL 002. FURUNO USA INDIVIDUAL CALL 003. FURUNO UK PSTN CALL 004. FURUNO DENMARK GROUP CALL 005. FURUNO NORWAY INDIVIDUAL CALL 006. FURUNO SPAIN ALL SHIPS CALL 007. FURUNO FRANCE INDIVIDUAL CALL
Note: Message not framed in actual printout.
6-10
7.
DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.1 Setting Alarms

The Alarm menu enables/disables internal and external alarms. Note that the Distress/Urgency alarm cannot be disabled. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen, choose ALARM and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Alarm menu.
Default: ON
OFF ON
Disables/enables alarm for received Safety, Ship's Business and Routine calls.
Note: Alarm for Distress and Urgency calls Rotate [ENTER] cannot be disabled. knob to choose. Default: ON
OFF ON
Disables/enables old position alarm in manual position entry mode, which alerts the operator when position data is older by the number of hours or minutes set in the Position Older field.
AUTO ACK DISTRESS 2187.5 6312.0 4207.5 16804.5 8414.5 12577.0 Warning: ROUTINE Update position 2177.0 6331.0 4219.5 8436.5 12657.0 16903.0 3500.000N 13500.000E 23:59 22 VOLUME
WATCH KEEPING
Alarm setup **** *** INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM

RCVD CALL OLD POSITION POSITION OLDER : ON : ON : 4.0 H
EXT ALARM : DSTRS/URG
Message shown when manually entered position is older than the time set on the Alarm setup menu.
Default: 4.0 hours

4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.5
Alarm is output when position is older by the number of hours set here.
Default: DSTRS/URG Sets type of call to be output to the DSTRS/URG ROUTINE Incoming Indicator IC-303-DSC.
ALL OFF
DSTRS/URG: Distress or urgency call output upon receipt. ROUTINE: Routine call output upon receipt. ALL: All calls output. OFF: No output.
7-1
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.2 Auto Ack Menu

The Auto Ack menu enables/disables automatic acknowledgement of individual, position and polling calls. Press the [#SETUP] key, choose AUTO ACK at the DSC standby screen and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Auto Ack setup menu.
Comply type Setting of [5/ACQ /SQ] key AUTO ACK MANUAL ACK ABLE UNABLE
Can send acknowledge automatically Can send acknowledge manually

Default: ABLE
UNABLE ABLE
Can send UNABLE automatically. Can send UNABLE manually.
Choose ABLE or UNABLE as automatic acknowledgement reply to Individual calls. Note: Automatic acknowledge is automatically disabled when RX call contains error, as required by law. Further, automatic acknowledge is disabled in case of OFF HOOK.
Default: NO REASON Rotate [ENTER] NO REASON BUSY knob to choose
COMPLY TYPE : ABLE UNABLE REASON : NO REASON GIVEN POSITION CALL POLLING CALL : OFF : ON
**
Auto ack setup
**
EQUIP DISABLE MODE NOT USABLE CH NOT USABLE
Sets reason for UNABLE. Note: This menu is the same as manual acknowledgement. EQUIPMENT DISABLE is shown in calls when EQUIP DISABLE is selected. Default: ON Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key OFF ON is set for "AUTO ACK." OFF: Disables automatic acknowledgement of position request. ON: Enables automatic acknowledgement of position request. Default: ON
OFF ON
Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key is set for "AUTO ACK." OFF: Disables automatic acknowledgement of polling request. ON: Enables automatic acknowledgement of polling request.
7-2
7.3 Printing Messages

The Print Out menu enables/disables automatic printing of all transmitted and received calls and the results of the daily test. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen, choose PRINT OUT and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Print Out menu.
Default: MANUAL
AUTO MANUAL
Select AUTO to automatically print transmitted calls.
* Print out setup *

Default: MANUAL
XMIT CALL : MANUAL RCVD CALL : MANUAL DAILY TEST : MANUAL AUTO MANUAL
Select AUTO to automatically print received calls.
Default: MANUAL
AUTO MANUAL
Select AUTO to automatically print results of Daily Test.
Sample printouts Printing can be done automatically or manually. For manual printing, press the [8/PRINT] key. Note that calls having more than one page (for example, received calls) are printed out in their entirety.
* Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *
FORMAT SELF-IDENTITY NATURE OF DISTRESS DISTRESS COORDINATES DISTRESS TELECOMMAND END OF SEQUENCE ERROR-CHECK DSC FREQUENCY : : : : : : : DISTRESS CALL 987654321 UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS NO INFORMATION J3E TELEPHONE EOS OK
* Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *

FORMAT ADDRESS CATEGORY SELF-IDENTITY 1st TELECOMMAND 2nd TELECOMMAND WORKING FREQUENCY END OF SEQUENCE ERROR-CHECK DSC FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : : INDIVIDUAL CALL 111660000 ROUTINE 987654321 J3E TELEPHONE NO INFORMATION NO INFORMATION ACK. RQ OK
TX: 2187.5 kHz RX: 2187.5 kHz
Sample Received Message Printout (Distress)
TX: 2177.0 kHz RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Received Message Printout (Individual)

*************** Send message *************
FORMAT ADDRESS CATEGORY SELF-IDENTITY 1st TELECOMMAND 2nd TELECOMMAND WORKING FREQUENCY END OF SEQUENCE DSC FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : INDIVIDUAL CALL 111660000 ROUTINE 987654321 J3E TELEPHONE NO INFORMATION NO INFORMATION ACK. RQ
*Transmitted message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *

FORMAT ADDRESS CATEGORY SELF-IDENTITY 1st TELECOMMAND 2nd TELECOMMAND WORKING FREQUENCY END OF SEQUENCE DSC FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : INDIVIDUAL CALL 987654321 ROUTINE 111660000 J3E TELEPHONE NO INFORMATION NO INFORMATION ACK. RQ
TX: 2177.0 kHz RX: 2177.0 kHz
TX: 2177.0 kHz RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Send Message Printout (Individual)
Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Individual)
Note: Messages are not framed in actual printouts.
7-3
7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies

The Scan freq menu determines which DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan. Follow the instructions below to select/deselect DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan.
7.4.1 Distress frequencies

1. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen, choose SCAN FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the SCAN FREQ menu.
ROUTINE F1 : 2M-INTL F2 : 4M-INTL F3 : 6M-INTL F4 : 8M-INTL F5 : 12M-INTL F6 : 16M-INTL
setup ** Scan freqDISTRESS *

2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : :
FIXED ON
ON
FIXED
ON OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the DISTRESS column. 3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, choose 4 MHz.

2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : :
FIXED OFF
ON ON
FIXED
ON OFF
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the DSC standby screen. Note: Regulations require that 2 MHz and 8 MHz and one more DSC distress frequency be watched continuously. These frequencies cannot be turned off. Maximum three bands may be turned off.
7.4.2 Routine frequencies

1. Press the [#/SETUP] key, choose SCAN FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Scan freq menu.

2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : :
FIXED ON
ON
FIXED
ON OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, choose F1: 2 M-INTL.
7-4
Scan freq setup ** * ROUTINE DISTRESS OFF

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 : 22M-INTL MHZ : 42M-USR3 MHZ : 64M-INTL MHZ : 88M-INTL MHZ : 16M-LCL1 : 25M-LCL2 2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : : ON ON
FIXED
FIXED
ON OFF
3. Push the [ENTER] knob, and the display looks something like the one below.
ROUTINE DISTRESS F1 : 2M-INTL 2M : FIXED INTL : T2189.5/R 2177.0 4M : ON F2 : 2M-USR3 6M2187.5 : ON F3 : 4M-INTL DIST : T 2187.5/R 8M : FIXED F4 : 8M-INTL 12M : ON F5 : 16M-LCL1 16M : OFF F6 : 25M-LCL2
** Scan freq setup *
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. INTL: International channels DIST: Distress channels LOCAL1/LOCAL2: Local channels USER CH: User channels 5. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the DSC standby screen. Note: Distress frequencies can be stored on the routine frequency memory. This is convenient for backing up the watch keeping receiver.
7-5
7.5 Adjusting Volume

The Volume menu enables/disables key beep (acknowledges correct key input) and adjusts the volume of the handset, ordinary alarm and distress/urgency alarm. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the standby screen, choose VOLUME and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Volume setup menu.
Default: ON
OFF ON
Turns on/off beep generated when keyboard is operated. Note: Do not confuse keyboard beep (single beep) with ACK beep (three beeps).
***
Volume setup
***
KEY CLICK HANDSET ORDINARY ALARM DISTRESS ALARM
: ON : 40 : 30 : 63
HANDSET VOLUME (0~63)
" 40
Rotate [ENTER] knob to set.
Sets volume of handset.
ORDINARY ALARM VOLUME (0~63)
"
Rotate [ENTER] knob to set. 30
Sets loudness of Safety, Ships Business, Routine and Old Position alarms.
DISTRESS ALARM VOLUME (38~63)
" 63
Rotate [ENTER] knob to set.
Sets loudness of Distress and Urgency alarms.
7-6
NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.1 Turning on the NBDP System

Turn on the terminal unit and the printer with their respective power switches.
MAIN UNIT Brilliance, Contrast Control POWER switch
POWER Switch Floppy Disk Drive Operating Lamp POWER Switch TERMINAL UNIT IB-581 PRINTER PP-510
Esc
F1
F11
F2
F12
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
Num Lock
Prt Sc SysRq
Scroll Lock
Pause Break
Insert
Delete
~ `
Tab
& 7
( 9
I
5
) 0
O 6
_ P { [
+ =
} ] " ' ? / /
Backspace
1
Q
3
W
4
E R
5 C
T
7
Y
8
U 4
| \
Enter
TER
Caps Lock
J 1
K 2
L 3
: ;
Shift
M 0
< ,
> .
Ctrl
Shift PgUp
Fn
Ctrl
Alt
Alt
Home
End
PgDn
KEYBOARD
Floppy Disk Drive
Operating Lamp TERMINAL UNIT IB-583
POWER Switch
NBDP terminal unit, printer and keyboard Note 1: The Printer PP-510 prints messages. Refer to its operators manual for operating information. Note 2: When the NBDP controller has priority the radiotelephone displays OCCUPIED (NBDP). At this time the volume of the speaker may be adjusted by rotating the [ENTER] knob and observing the VOL indicator on the radiotelephone.
VOL
8-1
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.2 Description of Equipment

8.2.1 Terminal unit
The terminal unit is a visual display incorporating a floppy disk drive, which provides for storage of files on floppy disks. Two models are available, IB-581 (monochrome) and IB-583 (color). Controls for power and adjustment of display brilliance and contrast are provided on the front panel of the IB-581. To adjust the brilliance on the IB-583, press [Alt] while pressing [F6] to lower the brilliance; [F7] to raise it. (The IB-583 does not have a control for adjustment of contrast.) Eight levels of brilliance are available. When the terminal unit is turned on, the communication status display, shown below, appears. This is where all phases of telex communications begin.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-10-15 2:26:45 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : Frequency (T/R) : / (kHz) Comm Mode : Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : (%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Communication status display Features of the IB-583 The IB-583 is fitted with both English and Russian interface. Choose desired interface as below: English: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [E] key. Russian: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [R] key. The IB-583 has a battery (type CR2450-F2ST2L, code no. 000-144-941) on its TERM/CPU Board (16P0209) and its life is about six years. When the voltage of the battery is low, the time will be slow. When this occurs, contact your dealer about replacement of the battery.
8-2
8.2.2 Keyboard
The terminal unit is operated from the keyboard, and is almost 100% keyboard controlled. Operation is simplified by the use of menus which you access by pressing a function key, labeled F1-F10 at the top of the keyboard. The figure below shows the function menus and their corresponding function keys.
FILE EDIT OPERATE WINDOW STATION SYSTEM WRU HR OVER BREAK
Esc
F1
F11
F2
F12
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
Num Lock
Prt Sc SysRq
Scroll Lock
Pause Break
Insert
Delete
~ `
Tab
& 7
( 9
I
5
) 0
O 6
_ P { [
+ =
} ] " ' ? / /
Backspace
1
Q
3
W
4
E R
5 C
T
7
Y
8
U 4
| \
Enter
Caps Lock
J 1
K 2
L 3
: ;
Shift
M 0
< ,
> .
Ctrl
Shift PgUp
Fn
Ctrl
Alt
Alt
Home
End
PgDn
Keyboard Note: C (Euro mark) on

%
5 C
key is not used.
8-3
8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation

The function keys at the top of the keyboard control most operations of this unit through a menu system.
8.3.1 Menu conventions

Inverse video As you move the cursor down through a menu, a selected item, initially shown as white on black (monochrome display), inverses to black on white. This highlighting indicates that it is available for selection. Underline The underline shows current selection. In the figure below, for example, the underline is beneath "Receive."
Station Entry Station List Create Change
Station Set Up Station : _ ID Code : Mode : ARQ FEC CH/Table : Channel ScanTable Num/Table:
Inverse Video
Underline
Station entry screen IB-581 Note: The example display screens shown in this manual are taken from the IB-581. The screens of the IB-583 are nearly identical to those of the IB-581 except cursor configuration.
Cursor IB-581 IB-583
8-4
8.3.2 Menu overview

Selecting menus Press appropriate function key to open a menu. To display the File menu, for example, press the function key [F1].
File 1: New 2: Open 3: Close 4: Delete 5: Rename 6: Real Time Printing 7: File to Print 8: Cancel Printing 9: Clear Buffer 0: Floppy Disk Format
File menu Selecting menu items and options Menu items can be selected by pressing appropriate numeric key or selecting item desired with the arrow keys and pressing the [Enter] key. Menu options can be selected by operating the [] or [] keys. After selecting option desired, press the [Enter] key to register your selection and close the menu.
8-5
8.3.3 Function key description

Function key [F1]: File menu The File menu is where you will create, open, save and print telex messages. Floppy disks are also formatted from this menu.
File menu 1: New 2: Open 3: Close 4: Delete 5: Rename 6: Real Time Printing 7: File to Print 8: Cancel Printing 9: Clear Buffer 0: Floppy Disk Format Opens a new untitled window. Opens files. Closes files. Deletes files. Renames files. Turns real time printing on/off. Prints files. Stops printing. Clears the communications buffer. Formats a floppy disk.
Function key [F2]: Edit menu The Edit menu provides a full line of editing features.
8-6
Edit 1: Undo 2: Cut 3: Copy 4: Paste 5: Select All 6: Search 7: Replace 8: Goto Top 9: Goto Bottom 0: Goto Line A: Change Text
Edit menu 1: Undo 2: Cut 3: Copy 4: Paste 5: Select All 6: Search 7: Replace 8: Goto Top 9: Goto Bottom 0: Goto Line A: Change Text Cancels the last change (cut, copy or paste). Removes the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text in the paste buffer is cleared.) Copies the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text in the paste buffer is cleared.) Inserts the text stored in the paste buffer at the current location of the cursor. Selects the entire current file for cut or copy. Searches a file for a character string. Replaces a word with a different word or character string. Brings the cursor to the top line of the current file. Brings the cursor to last line of the current file. Moves the cursor to the desired line in the current file. Switches between the display window 1 and 2.
8-7
Function key [F3]: Operate menu The Operate menu mainly controls transmitting and receiving.
Operate 1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan (Start/Stop) 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency
Operate menu 1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan Start/Stop 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency Chooses a station from the station list. Enables macro operation. For details, see paragraph 11.10. Selects a file (to transmit). Stops sending a file. Starts/stops frequency scanning. Selects communication mode for reception; AUTO, ARQ, FEC DIRC. Timer programming. Sets TX mode and subscriber's ID number in manual calling. Sets TX and RX frequencies in manual calling.
8-8
Function key [F4]: Window menu The Window menu lets you display the corresponding data of the window below.
Window 1: Calendar 2: Distress Frequency Table
Window menu 1: Calendar Displays desired calendar month and year. To change year or month, choose item with [!] or ["] key and change setting with [#] or [$] key. Displays all distress frequencies.
12290.0 12520.0 12577.0 16420.0 16695.0 16804.5
2: Distress Frequency Table
Distress Frequencies Telephone (kHz): 2182.0 4125.0 6215.0 8291.0 NBDP DSC (kHz) : 2174.5 (kHz) : 2187.5 4177.5 4207.5 6268.0 6312.0 8376.5 8414.5
8-9
Function key [F5]: Station menu The Station menu provides for storage of stations, timer program setup, user channel setup, and entry of various ID codes.
Station 1: Station Entry 2: Timer Operation Entry 3: Scan Entry 4: User Channel Entry 5: Answerback Code Entry 6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit) 7: Group ID Entry (9 digit) 8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit) 9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)
Station menu 1: Station Entry 2: Timer Operation Entry 3: Scan Entry 4: User Channel Entry 5: Answerback Code Entry 6: Group ID Entry 7: Group ID Entry 8: Select ID Entry 9: Select ID Entry Registers stations. Registers timer programs. Creates scan groups for scanning. Registers user channels. Registers own ship's answerback code. Registers own ship's group ID codes (4 or 5 digit). Registers own ship's group ID codes (9 digit). Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit). Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).
8-10
Function key [F6]: System menu The System menu is mainly for use by technicians and contains diagnostic tests. To change settings, choose Change from the item Setup and operate arrow keys to choose item and option. Press the [Enter] key to register selection and close the menu.
Setup Slave Delay TX/RX MSG Save Edit Before sending Time System Time & Date Display Mode* Self Test System Lock Change Default 8 msec (0- 50 msec) OFF O N OFF O N OFF UTC SMT JST 2002/10/16 10:00:00 Normal Reverse
* = "Window Color" shown on IB-583.
Setup Slave Delay
System menu Locks, changes settings; restores default system settings. Sets the length of the slave delay timing from the end of RX to the start of TX in the ARQ mode. The default setting is suitable in most cases. This item cannot be adjusted by the user.
ARQ mode signal sequence 3 char. RX Slave Delay Timing RX end ACK signal 3 char. RX
TX start
TX/RX MSG Save Edit Before sending
Turn on to automatically save incoming and outgoing messages to a floppy disk. Log appears at the top of the screen when on. "OFF" transmits keying operation one by one. "ON" transmits message only when the [Enter] key is pressed after confirming text typed. Chooses time system. SMT is local time and JST is Japan standard time. Enter date and time manually. If a navigation device is connected, the time is automatically set when the power is turned on or whenever the time system is switched. Manual entry takes priority over automatic entry. This item cannot be adjusted when using JST or UTC.
Time System Time & Date
Display Mode (IB-581) Selects display mode to normal and reverse alternately.
8-11
Window Color (IB-583) Chooses display colors. To change display colors: 1. Choose the option Change from Setup. 2. Press the ["] key to choose Window Color and press the [Enter] key.
Window Color Change Window Color Setup Default Color To Change: ENTER To quit: ESC
3. The cursor is choosing Window Color Setup; press the [Enter] key.
Window Color Setup Window : Base Window Fore Color : L_WHITE Back Color : BLUE
To Change: ENTER To Change Value: L<=>R
4. Press the [$] key to choose the item to change: BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3, MESSAGE. 5. Press the ["] key to choose Fore Color. 6. Press the [$] key to choose color: L-WHITE, BLACK, BLUE, GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, WHITE, GRAY, L-BLUE, L-GREEN, L-CYAN, L-RED, MAGENTA, YELLOW. 7. Press the ["] key to choose Back Color. 8. Press the [$] key to choose color. 9. Press the [!] key to choose Window. 10. Repeat the step 4 to 9 to set other colors. 11. Press the [Enter] key followed by the [Esc] key. Self Test: Starts diagnostic test.
Function key [F7]: WRU (Who Are You?): In the ARQ mode, requests other station's answerback code. Function key [F8]: HR (Here Is): In the ARQ mode, sends your ship's answerback code. Function key [F9]: OVER: In the ARQ mode, switches the direction of traffic; the information receiving station becomes the information sending station, the information sending station becomes the information receiving station.
8-12
NBDP PREPARATIONS
This chapter provides the procedures necessary for preparing the NBDP Terminal Unit for transmitting and receiving. For automatic telex, you will need to register the following:

Your ship's ID and answerback codes Stations Timer programs Scan channel groups User channels
9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes

Enter your ship's answerback code and ID codes as shown below. Note: The answerback and ID codes cannot be changed once entered; be sure to enter the codes correctly.
9.1.1 Registering answerback code

1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [5] key. The display should look something like the illustration below.
Answerback Code Entry Answerback Code _
Answerback code entry screen 2. Enter your ship's answerback code (max. 20 characters, including spaces) and press the [Enter] key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data. If the code is correct, press the [Enter] key again. Note: Example of answerback code: 12345789 FURU X.
9-1
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Answerback Code Entry Answerback Code O K 123456789 FURU X Cancel
Caution Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key. You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.
Message for confirmation of code entered 3. If the code is correct, press the [Enter] key again.
9.1.2 Registering ID codes

1. Press function key [F5] and then the [6], [7], [8] or [9] key to enter the Group ID Code (4 or 5 digits), Group ID Code (9 digits), Select ID Code (4 or 5 digits) or Select ID Code (9 digits), respectively.
Select ID Entry Select ID Code (4/5) _
ID code screen 2. Enter Group ID or Select ID as appropriate and then press the [Enter] key. A prompt asks you to verify data. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key. For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Select ID Entry Select ID Code (4/5) 12345
Cancel
Caution Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key. You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.
Message for confirmation of code entered 3. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key again.
9.2 Station List

The station list provides for storage of up to 50 stations, one frequency pair (RX and TX) per station. For stations which have more than one frequency pair, you might add a suffix
9-2
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
to the station name to denote multiple frequency pairs. For example, station name FURUNO followed by -1, -2, -3, etc. for each frequency pair required.
9.2.1 Registering stations

1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [1] key to show the Station Entry screen.
Station Entry Station List Create Change
Station Set Up Station : _ ID Code : Mode : ARQ FEC CH/Table : Channel ScanTable Num/Table:
Station entry screen 2. On the right-hand side of the screen, Create and Change are shown and Create should be underlined. If it is not, underline it by pressing [], [] and the [Enter] key. 3. The cursor is now choosing Station. Enter station name, using up to 18 characters. 4. Press the [] key to choose ID Code. Enter station ID code. 5. Press the [] key to choose Mode. Choose communication mode with [#] or [] among the following: ARQ: Automatic Retransmission Request FEC: Forward Error Correction 6. Press the [] key to choose CH/Table. Choose ScanTable or Channel as appropriate. 7. Press the [] key to choose Num/Table.
9-3
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
8. If you selected "Channel" at step 6, enter ITU channel number (see Appendix) or User channel number. If you selected "ScanTable" at step 6, press the [] key to show scan group list registered. For scan group, refer to paragraph 9.5. Choose a scan group name by using the [] or [] key followed by pressing the [Enter] key.
Scanning Group List INTREPID VOYAGER
M
GLOBAL
Scanning group list 9. Press the [Enter] key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data.
O K
Cancel
OK/Cancel prompt 10. If the data are correct, press the [Enter] key. (To cancel entry, place the cursor on Cancel by pressing the [] key, and then hit the [Enter] key. Data entered are erased.) The station name entered at step 3 appears at the Station List window. 11. To register other stations, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3 through 10. 12. Press the [] key. Check data on the Station List for correctness. Stations displayed in reverse video on the Station List are displayed on Station Set Up. 13. Press the [ESC] key to quit. Note 1: If you enter a station which already exists, the indication "Station by that name already exists. Press any key to escape." appears. Press any key to return to the Station List. Check the list. Note 2: If you enter an invalid code, the message Input Error. (ID Code) Press any key to escape. appears. Press any key and reenter ID code.
9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the function key [F5] and then the [1] key. Press the [] key to choose a station name from the Station List. Press the [$] key followed by [] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key. Do one of the following; Edit station: Use [], [] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections. Delete station: Erase station name with the [Backspace] key.
5. Press the [Enter] key twice. 6. Press the [Esc] key.
9-4
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
9.3 Timer Programming

A built-in timer allows you to automatically receive and transmit files. 10 timer programs can be registered.
9.3.1 Registering timer programs

1. Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key to display the Timer Operation Entry screen.
Timer Operation Entry Timer Operation List Create Change
Timer Operation Set Up Operation Station Start Time Stop Time Receive/Send File to Send : _ : : 0: 00: 00 : 0: 00: 00 : Receive Send :
Press [] to show station list, file list.
Timer operation entry screen 2. If Create is not underlined, press [], [] and the [Enter] key to underline it. 3. Operation is selected. Enter a suitable operation name on the Operation line. Any alphanumeric characters may be used. Note: If the operation name entered already exists, the display Operation name already exists. Press any key to escape. Press any key and change the operation name. 4. Press the [] key to choose Station. Press the [] key to display the Station List (which you registered stations in the previous paragraph.) Choose a station and press the [Enter] key. 5. Press the [] key to choose Start Time. Enter start time, in 24-hour notation. To have the operation start at 8:35 a. m., for example, the keying sequence would be; [0] [8] [3] [5] [0] [0] 6. Press the [] key to choose Stop Time. Enter stop time, in 24-hour notation. 7. Press the [] key to choose Receive/Send. Choose operation category; Receive or Send. If you have chosen Send, go to step 8. For Receive, go to step 9. 8. For send, insert the floppy disk which you want to send in the floppy drive, press the [] key to choose File to Send, press the [] key to display the TX window, choose a file, and press the [Enter] key. 9. Press the [Enter] key. 10. Press the [Enter] key. The operation name appears in the Timer Operation List. Note: If the station name entered has not been registered, the display shows Operation name already exists. Press any key to escape. Press any key and change operation name.
9-5
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
11. To enter another timer program, press the [Enter] key twice and the repeat steps 3-10. 12. Press the [Esc] key to finish.
9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs

1. 2. 3. 4. Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key. Choose a timer program name from the Timer Operation List. Press the [] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key. Do one of the following; Edit program: Use [], [] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections. Delete program: Erase operation name with the [Backspace] key.
9.4 User Channels

The user channel list provides storage for up to 100 user channels, numbered 0-99. Note that user channels may be used in channel scanning.
9.4.1 Registering user channels

1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [4] key to show the User Channel Entry screen.
User Channel Entry Channel List Create Change
Channel Set Up Channel Tx Freq Rx Freq : _ : : 0.00 0.00
2. 3.
4. 5. 6. 7.
User channel entry screen If Create is not underlined, press [], [] and the [Enter] key to underline it. Channel is selected. Enter channel number. (100 channels may be registered. When you attempt to register more, the message Channel memory is full. Press any key to escape. appears. In this case delete unnecessary channels to register new ones.) Press the [] key to choose Tx Freq. Enter TX frequency. Press the [] key to choose Rx Freq. Enter RX frequency. Press the [Enter] key. TheOK/Cancel confirmation window appears. Press the [Enter] key. Channel number entered appears in the Channel List. (If the channel entered already exists, the message Channel by that number already exists. Press any key to escape. appears. Press any key and then reenter number.)
9-6
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
8. To quit, press the [Esc] key.
9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels

1. 2. 3. 4. Press function key [F5] and then the [4] key. Press the [!] or [] key to choose channel from the Channel List. Press [] and [] keys to choose Change and press the [Enter] key. Do one of the following: Edit channel: Use [], [] and the [Backspace] key to make modifications. Delete channel: Erase channel number with the [Backspace] key.
9.5 Scan Channel Groups

You may store up to 10 scan groups, 20 channels per group. Note that scanning is only possible in the ARQ and FEC-collective modes. The NBDP Terminal Unit can automatically control radio equipment through channel scanning. The radio equipment scans a number of channels (according to your selection), stopping when an incoming signal is found. In the ARQ mode it stops when your own ID code is detected in an incoming signal. Also, in the ARQ mode, the transmitter is then tuned to the corresponding transmitter frequency, the communication link is established and the traffic is automatically exchanged. Scanning resumes once the link is disconnected.
9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups

You may register ITU and user scan channels as follows: 1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [3] key to display the Scan Entry screen.
Scan Entry Scanning Group List Create Change
Scanning Set Up Group Name Ch Dwell Time Mode Auto Search No 0 1 2 3 4 M5 Channel : : : : _ 4.5 sec (2.7-4.5 sec) AUTO ARQ FEC OFF ON Rx Freq Tx Freq Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan
Scan entry screen 2. If Create is not underlined, press [], [] and the [Enter] key to underline it.
9-7
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
3. Group Name is selected. Enter suitable group name. (10 group names may be entered. If you attempt to enter more the message Scan group memory is full. Press any key to escape. appears. Press any key and then delete unnecessary group names to enter new ones.) 4. Press the [] key to choose CH Dwell Time. Enter channel dwell time in seconds. Dwell time is the time in seconds the receiver waits on each channel in a scan group before it selects the next frequency. 5. Press the [] key to choose Mode, and then choose the communication mode; AUTO, ARQ or FEC. Note: AUTO is used to register scanning channel group when both ARQ and FEC exist in the same Scanning Channel Group. When you choose scan group by the call station menu, set Mode to FEC. See paragraph 11.3. 6. Press the [] key to choose Auto Search. Choose Auto Search to ON or OFF. Auto Search ON: The radio stops scanning when it finds the strongest signal (highest S/N ratio). To find the strongest signal, the radio scans all channels, which may take some time. Therefore, use this setting where signal propagation is poor. Auto Search OFF: The radio stops scanning on the first signal it finds. We recommend that you set Auto Search to OFF when signal propagation is good. 7. Press the [] key to choose line no. 1 in the Scanning Set Up window. Enter channel number (ITU or user channels) and press the [] key to choose "Scan. (If you enter an invalid channel, the message Channel by that name does not exist. Press any key to escape. appears. Press any key and reenter channel.) 8. Press the [] key to choose line No. 2. Enter channel number. 9. Enter other channel numbers and then press the [Enter] key. A confirmation message appears. 10. Press the [Enter] key again to save the data. The group name is displayed in the Scanning Group List window. (If the group name alredy exists, the message Scan group by that name already exists. Press any key to escape. appears. Press any key and change the scan group name.) 11. To continue, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3-10. 12. Press the [Esc] key to quit.
9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups

1. Press the function key [F5] and the [3] key. Choose scan group name from the Scanning Group List. 2. Press the [$] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key. 3. Press the [] key to place the cursor on the field (channel) to change. 4. Do one of the following: Editing channels: Press the [Backspace] key to delete the channel number and then enter new channel number. Adding channels: Enter channel number on a blank line. Deleting channels: Delete group name with the [Backspace] key. Disabling channels temporarily: Press the [] key to underline Pass. 5. Press the [Enter] key twice.
9-8
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

This chapter mainly describes how to create, save, open, edit and print files. The Edit menu provides a full lineup of editing facilities, including search and replace.
10.1 Opening and Closing Files

To create a telex message you will need to make a new file, which you do with the File Open command. When you open a new file it is placed (opened) in one of two working areas. When both working areas are occupied you must close a file to open a new file. This is done with the File Close command.
Floppy Disk Memory
File 1 File 2 File 3
1 2 Display Unit's Memory (Working area)
One of two
Display
Switchable from "Change Text" on Edit menu
How a file is opened
10.2 Creating Files

1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.
File menu 2. Press the [1] key to choose New. The title bar shows UNTITLED 1 or UNTITLED 2. The cursor marks the location where you may type text.
10-1
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window appears. See paragraph 10.3.2 below. In this case, choose Yes or No and press the [Enter] key to close an open file in order to open another file. 3. Type your message. Note: Do not use lower case letters, or the symbols #, &, *, $ and % in telex messages. Also, do not put $$$ in the middle of a TX message, but at the end. The communication line is automatically disconnected when this string is detected.
10-2
10.3 Saving a File

Use only 2HD type floppy disks. Insert floppy disk with care. Rough handling can destroy the information stored inside. To eject a disk, press the eject button on the right side of the floppy disk drive and then remove the disk. Do not eject a disk while the operating lamp is lit; the contents of the disk may become damaged.
Hole opened: Write protect
Write-protect Tab Write-Protect Tab
10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks

Before you can save a file to a floppy disk, the disk must be formatted. Formatting prepares the disk for use in the system.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Press function key [F1]. For the IB-583, insert a new floppy disk in the disk drive. Press the [0] key to choose Floppy Disk Format. Press the [!] key to choose Yes. Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-581, insert a new floppy disk in the drive. Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-583, the screen shows formatting progress as below.
Floppy Disk Format 9%
6. After the formatting has been completed, the following occurs: IB-581: You are asked Format another (Y/N)? Press [N] and [Enter] to quit. IB-583: Control is returned to the DSC standby screen.
10-3
10.3.2 Saving a file

1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu. 2. Press the [3] key. The screen should look something like the illustration at right.
Close Text Save file ? ( UNTITLED1 ) Yes No
Close text screen 3. Yes is selected; press the [Enter] key. Enter file name, using up to eight characters. You may use any alphabet or numeric on the keyboard. But you may not use the symbols shown below. You may add an extension at the end of the file name, for example, .TXT, to distinguish text files from macro files.
4. Press the [Enter] key.
10-4
: " > < ;
10.4 Editing Files

10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text
You can delete, move and copy text by using the Cut, Copy and Paste functions in the Edit menu.
Edit 1: Undo 2: Cut 3: Copy 4: Paste 5: Select All 6: Search 7: Replace 8: Goto Top 9: Goto Bottom 0: Goto Line A: Change Text
Edit menu Cutting text 1. Place the cursor on the first character of the text to be cut. 2. Highlight the text to be cut by pressing and holding the [Shift] key while pressing the []. If you highlight text which you do not want to cut, press the [] to adjust the highlight.
<[1]UNTITLED1> CONGULATULATION ON YOUR CHOICE OF DP-6 INMARSAT B MOBILE EARTH STATION. WE ARE CONFIDENT THAT YOU WILL ENJOY MANY YEARS OF OPERATION WITH THIS FINE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT
The highlight 3. Press the function key [F2] and the [2] key, or the [Delete] key. The highlighted text is cut and the remaining text is reformatted. If you make a mistake, you can restore the text by immediately selecting Undo from the Edit menu. Pasting text To paste the cut text to a new location, do the following: 1. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the cut text is to start. 2. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key, or the [Insert] key.
10-5
10.4.2 Copying and pasting text

You may copy a portion of text and paste it elsewhere. 1. Choose the text to copy. (See cutting text" above for the procedure.) 2. Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key. The text selected is copied to the paste buffer memory where the cut or copied text is stored. The display returns to the normal screen. 3. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the copied text is to start. 4. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key.
10.4.3 Select all

The Select All feature lets you select all of the file currently displayed. This feature can be useful when you want to combine files. The procedure below explains how to place the file loaded in working area 1 onto the end of the file loaded in working area 2. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Load the file to be copied from a floppy disk in working area 1. Press the function key [F2] and the [5] key. The entire file appears in inverse video. Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key. The file is placed in the paste buffer memory. Load the file to be combined in working area 2. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the text now in the paste buffer memory is to start and press the [Insert] key.
Working Area 1 1 Open Floppy Disk
file Open
2
Transfer (copy)
Paste Buffer Memory
Holds cut or copied text
3 file
Working Area 2 4
Paste (Combine)
Copy and paste flow diagram
10.4.4 Searching text

The Search feature lets you search for text in a forward or backward direction. 1. Display a text and press the function key [F2] and the [6] key. The Search display appears.
Search Search string : Dir Forward Backward ESC: quit
Search screen
10-6
2. Type the word you want to find. Use the Choose Forward or Backward to search the file in a forward or backward direction respectively from the cursor position. Press the [Enter] key to begin the search. When the unit finds the word, the cursor stops at the first character of the word. Press the [Enter] key to continue the search. If the string could not be found, the message Not Found (To quit: ESC) appears. Press the [Esc] key to quit.
10.4.5 Replacing text

The Replace feature helps you replace every occurrence of a word or phase with another word or phase in a file. 1. Press the function key [F2] and the [7] key. The Replace display appears.
Replace Dir Search string : Forward Forward --------------Replace with : Backward To quit: ESC Mode Query All
Replace screen 2. Type the word you want to replace on the "Search string" line. 3. Press the [] key to choose "Replace with." Type the new word. 4. Use the [!] or [] key to choose Forward or Backward to search the file in a forward or backward direction respectively from the cursor position. 5. Use the [!] or [] key to choose whether you want to be queried or not each time the word is found. Query: Stop at each occurrence of word to answer yes or no to replacement. All: Replace every occurrence of word without stopping to confirm. 6. Press the [Enter] key to start the replacement.
10.4.6 Goto line

The Goto line feature places the cursor at the head of a line desired. 1. Press the function key [F2] and the [0] key. The following display appears.
Goto Line Jump to Line No. :
Goto line screen 2. Key in line number and press the [Enter] key. The cursor shifts to the head of the line selected.
10-7
10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom

You can easily go to the top or bottom line of a file. Press [F2], [8] to go to the top line; press [F2], [9] to go to the bottom line. Note that this feature can also be executed on the editor screen by pressing the [Home] key while pressing the [Fn] key.
10.5 Opening Files

Two working areas (called working area 1 and working area 2) are provided to which you can load a file, and one file may be displayed on the LCD.
10.5.1 Opening a file

1. Insert the floppy disk which contains the file you want to open. 2. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu. 3. Press the [2] key. A chronological list of files on the floppy disk appears.
Open Text Load/Merge(TAB:Change) [B:\TEST1. ] File name Size Date & Time LOG File 52 02-10-15 17:25 TEST1. 120 02-10-15 16:30 TEST2. 151 02-10-15 9:25 TEST3. 180 02-10-15 20:16 NBDP 169 02-10-15 6:23 [ End of Directory
4 Files exist To select : ENTER
1454000 bytes free To view : SPACE To quit : ESC
4. Use the [!] or [] key to choose a file. 5. Press the [Enter] key. The file appears and the title bar shows the file name. You may repeat this procedure to load another file into a working area. Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window appears. In this case, choose Yes or No and press the [Enter] key to close an open file in order to open another file.
10.5.2 Switching between files

Two files can be opened and one displayed on the LCD. To switch between files do the following: 1. Press the function key [F2]. 2. Press the [A] key to switch between files.
10-8
10.6 Renaming Files

To rename a file, do the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press the function key [F1]. Press the [5] key. Use the [!] or [] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key. Enter a new name. Press the [Enter] key.
10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name

You may save a file under a new name as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Open a file. Edit the file as necessary. Press the function key [F1]. Press the [3] key to save the file. Press the [Y] key. Press the [Backspace] key to erase the original name and then enter a new name. Press the [Enter] key.
10.8 Deleting Files

Insert appropriate floppy disk in the drive and do the following to delete unnecessary files. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the function key [F1]. Press the [4] key. Use the [!] or [] key to choose the file to delete and then press the [Enter] key. Press the [Enter] key again. (To cancel, press the [] key to select NO followed by the [Enter] key.)
10.9 Real Time Printing

An incoming or outgoing message can be printed out while it is being received or transmitted. 1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu. 2. Press the [6] key to turn real time printing on/off. Print appears in reverse video at the top of the display.
10-9
10.10 Printing Files

You can print files stored on floppy disks as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the function key [F1]. Press the [7] key. Use the [!] or [] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key. Press the [Y] key.
To stop printing at any time, press [F1] and [8] keys. If the file could not be printed, "Cannot print. Check connection between printer and terminal. Press any key to escape." is displayed.
10-10
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

This chapter mainly shows you how to transmit and receive telex messages.
11.1 Manual Calling
NOTICE
Before calling, watch the intended TX frequency carefully to confirm that is unoccupied.
The simplest way to communicate with a telex subscriber is Manual Calling. For the ARQ mode, you may display beforehand the message to send, or type your message manually. 1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
Operate menu 2. Press the [9] key to choose Set Frequency.

Set Frequency Tx Freq: 0.00 RX Freq: 0.00
Set frequency screen 3. Input Tx and Rx frequency pair. 4. Press the [Enter] key. 5. Press the function key [F3] again and then the [8] key to choose Manual Calling. The following screen appears.
11-1

Manual Calling Mode : ARQ FEC ID :
Manual calling screen 6. Use the [#] or [$] key to choose appropriate communication mode. 7. Press the [] key and input party's ID number. 8. Press the [Enter] key to connect the communication line. Channel Busy Check appears to inform you that the equipment is checking if the line is busy. If the line is free, Connect, Send and Lock appear in highlight as below. Further, HT (High Tension) also appears when the line is connected.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : HT Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)
For ARQ mode, go to step 9. For FEC mode, type your message and go to step 13.
9. Press the function key [F7] (WRU). The party's answerback code appears on the screen. Note: Step 9 and 10 are needed for ship-to-ship calling only. 10. Press the function key [F8] (HR). Your ship's answerback code is sent to the party. 11. Press the [Enter] key and type your message. 12. If you want to receive other party's response, press the function key [F9] (Over). 13. Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.
11-2
11.2 ARQ Mode Operation

In ARQ operation, one station (information sending station) sends data to another block by block, then listens for the acknowledge signal between blocks from the information receiving station which requests either the next block or retransmission of the last block if there is error. The request may be repeated up to 32 times, until the complete block is received free of error. Establishing connection 1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
2. Press the [1] key to choose Call Station.

1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-01-15 14:41:09 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : CHOUSHI-8M Call Station Comm Mode :AQW Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Station Mark Space Station List Setup Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec) Station : ABC-4M ABC-4M ID Code : 45678 ABC-6M Mode : ARQ FEC ABC-12M CH/Table : Channel Scantable ABC-8M Num/Table: FURUNO
Call Station menu 3. Choose a station. (Station must be registered for use in the ARQ mode). Press the [Enter] key. The message "Calling Station" appears. If the message "Station calling suspended. Check radio and interconnections. Press any key to escape." appears, check both the power of the radiotelephone and the connections between the radiotelephone and the NBDP Terminal Unit. 4. When an acknowledge signal is detected, "Connect" appears in reverse video on the communication status display (see below). Note: If signal conditions are poor, connection may take a while. If the line could not be connected in one minute, calling stops and "Calling failed" appears. Try step 3 again, one minute later. Should signal conditions worsen during message transmission, "Error" appears in reverse video and 30 seconds later the line is disconnected.
11-3
5. Transmit message by one of the following methods: Sending a file stored on a floppy disk a) Press the function key [F7] (WRU) to receive the answerback code of the other station. Verify that the code from the station called is correct. b) Press the function key [F8] (HR) to transmit your own identity (answerback code). c) Press the function key [F3] and then the [3] key to display the Send screen. Choose file to send and press the [Enter] key. Press the [Enter] key again, and Send appears in reverse video while the file is being transmitted.
Send File [B:\TEST1. File name LOG File TEST1. TEST2. TEST3. NBDP [ ] Size Date & Time 52 02-10-15 17:25 120 02-10-10 16:30 151 02-10-11 09:25 180 02-10-11 20:16 169 02-10-12 06:23 End of Directory
Send file screen

Sending volume (percentage of message transmitted, counts upward as the message is being transmitted), ARQ error count and ARQ transmission time appear on the display. Lock appears in reverse video when the mark and space signals in the receive signal are normal. Sending Volume shows what percentage of the message has been sent. ARQ Error shows the number of times error was found during transmission. ARQ Time is the time in seconds the communication line has been established.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : HT Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Communication status display Type a message from the keyboard

After exchanging answerback code by the function key [F7] (WRU) and [F8] (HR), type your message directly from the keyboard. a) To change direction of traffic, press either function key [F9] (OVER), or [+] and [?]. Then, the other station becomes the information sending station, your station the information receiving station. b) Receive a message from the sending station, if any. c) After completion of communication, press the function key [F7] (WRU) key to receive the answerback code of the other station and then press the function key [F8] (HR) to transmit your own answerback code. d) Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.
11-4
Stopping transmission 1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [4] key. Canceled Sending appears on the screen. Transmission is stopped but the line is still connected. 2. To disconnect the line, press the [F10] key.
11.3 FEC Mode Operation

The FEC mode transmits the same data twice to yield less errors. Compared to the ARQ mode, the FEC mode is better at communicating with weak signals. 1. Press the function key [F3]. 2. Press the [1] key to display the Call Station menu. 3. Choose a station which is registered for the FEC mode. Press the [Enter] key. CONNECT appears in reverse video. 4. Transmit a message directly from the keyboard, or do the following to transmit a message stored on a floppy disk: Press the function key [F3] and the [3] key to choose File to Send. Choose file to send and then press the [Enter] key. 5. After the message is transmitted, press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.
11.4 Choosing Receive Mode

1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [6] key. 2. Choose receive mode: AUTO: Automatic reception in ARQ or FEC mode
ARQ: FEC: International radiotelex ARQ mode International radiotelex FEC mode
DIRC: Receive message from teleprinter
3. Press the [Enter] key. The reception mode appears on the screen. All received (and transmitted) messages are saved to a floppy disk when "TX/RX Msg Save" is ON in the System menu. The file is automatically named as follows.
02 01 13 0 0. X X X Year month date Serial number from 000
11-5
11.5 Communication Example

Call the coast station following the procedure in paragraph 11.2. Then, communicate with the coast station. Below is a communication example.
Call completed, connected with coast station 12345 KOBE X Selcall No. Ship name or call sign 1480 HKRDO VRX MOM GA+? OPR+ MOM 1480 HKRDO VRX 12345 KOBE X KOBE DE HKRDO GOOD MORNING NW NIL QRV GA+? GM NW QTC1+?
To send message to ship

Own answerback code
If this is your first communications with a particular coast station, the coast station asks for you selcall no. ship name, call sign and AAIC (your enterprises name for which to charge to charge toll call. That registers you with the coast station. Thereafter, if your answerback code is correct automatic transmission is possible.
Automatically sent from Coast station (ex. Hong Kong) Type at your side within 30 s. (Call operator manually.) Message from coast station (Wait. From HKRDO to KOBE. Nothing to send. Do you have anything to send?) Type at your side (GM=Good Morning. I have a message for you.) From coast station. (Send your message.) Type at your side (To send a message file, type MOM before TOR and wait awhile.)
QRV K
GA+?
Teleprinting Over Radio (Message TX starts.) NR 9004 Msg No. TO: TELEX 1234567 FURUNO JAPAN OFFICE INT. DEP. SEC-1 MANAGER FM: KOBE MARU/12345 KOBE X TEXT:Type message. TOR
Receiver: Telex no.1234567 FURUNO ELEC. CO. Sende: KOBE MARU Type message Message finished. Can you acknowledge receipt) From coast station From HKRD0 to KOBE. Received NR9004. Thank you. No more to send. Type at your ship (Thank you. I have nothing to send. Bye Bye. From coast station Thank you. See you later.)
KKKK QSL +? End message. KOBE DE HKRDO QSL NR9004 TKS NW NIL +?
TKS
NW NIL BIBI +?
TKS SEE YOU LATER BIBI Coast station disconnects the line.
Communications example
11-6
Table of abbreviations
Abbreviation QRA QRC Question What is the name your station? By what private enterprise are the accounts for charges for your station settled? Have you any thing for me? Are you ready? When will you call me again? Answer or Advice The name of my station is . The accounts for my station are settled by the private enterprise . I have nothing for you. I am ready. I will call you again at hours [on kHz].
QRU QRV QRX QSJ
What is the charge to be collected to The charge to be collected to including your internal charge? including my internal charge is frans . Can you acknowledge receipt? Will you listen to [call sign] on kHz? How many messages have you to send? What are the hours your station is open? Definition Signal used to interrupt a transmission progress. Confirm "From " Invitation to transmit. I have nothing to send to you. Now Please Received Reference to . Prefix indicating a service telegram. I can acknowledge receipt. I am listening to [call sign] on kHz. I have message for you. My station is open from to hours.
QSL QSX QTA QTC QTU Abbreviation BK CFM DE K NIL NW PSE R REF SVC
Shall I cancel message number ? Cancel message number
11-7
Command and abbreviation

Command TGM+ MSG+ OPR+ URG+ MED+ TEST+ BRK+ Abbreviation GA+ MOM MSG+ I am ready. Transmit your command. Wait a moment. Request pending messages from the shore. Function To indicate that the following message is a radiotelegram. To indicate that the ship station needs to be connected immediately any message held. Call operator. Safety, urgency and distress message. Request medical advice. Request coast station to send a test message for checking the ship station. To clear the connection with the coast station.
KKKK or NNNN Terminate a message.
11.6 Timer Operation

A built-in timer permits automatic transmission and reception of telex messages.
11.6.1 Enabling timer operation

1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu. 2. Press the [7] key to display the Timer Operation List. 3. Choose the operation (name) you wish to execute. Press the [Enter] key. An asterisk appears beside the operation selected and "T. Op" appears in reverse video on the communication status display. If a file stored on a floppy disk is to be sent, be sure the floppy disk containing the file is inserted in the drive.
Timer Operation List *1 2 3 OP4 OP5
Timer operation list 4. Choose another operation (name) if desired. 5. Press the [Esc] key.
11-8
When the predetermined time comes, the NBDP Terminal Unit automatically sends or receives the message. The results of timer operation are displayed as either OK or NG (No Good) on the Timer Operation List.
Timer Operation List *1 2 *3 *OP4 *OP5 OK OK OK NG
Timer operation list
11.6.2 Stopping timer operation

1. Press the function key [F3]. 2. Press the [7] key. 3. Choose the operation (name) which has an asterisk attached to it and then press the [Enter] key. Remove all asterisks to cancel all timer programs.
11.7 Scanning
The radio equipment scans a group of operator-selected frequencies (channels), and stops scanning when an signal is received. For registering scan group, see paragraph 9.5. 1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key to show the Scanning Group List on your screen. You can confirm the scan channel by pressing the [] or [] key while pressing the [Shift] key.
Scanning Group List *1 2 3
Scanning group list 2. Choose a scan group and press the [Enter] key. 3. The scanning starts and the indication "Scan" appears in reverse video. Further, the name of the scan group appears in the Station Name field.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-09-08 2:01:46 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : SAITO-1 Scan HT Frequency (T/R) : 8344.00 / 8705.00(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Communication status display 4. To stop scanning, press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key. Scan appears in normal video on the communication status display.
11-9
11.8 Communication Buffer

The communication buffer is a temporary memory which stores transmit and receive messages. To display the contents of the communication buffer, do the following: 1. Escape from the message creation screen. 2. Press the [PgDn] or [PgUp] key. The contents of the communication buffer are displayed. To print them, press the [Ctrl] and [P] keys simultaneously. To erase the contents from the screen, press the [PgDn] key while pressing the [Fn] key. To erase the contents of the buffer, press the [F1] and [9] keys.
11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex

11.9.1 Automatic telex overview
This section shows you how to communication with a coast station which handles automatic telex transmission, using macrofiles. You will also need to register communication channels and stations, and prepare macrofiles. Coast stations using automatic telex are MCI Marine Services (North America), Sydney Radio (Australia), Lyngby Radio (Denmark), and others. The procedure is mostly common to all coast stations, however refer to the coast stations traffic manual for details.
INTERNATIONAL TELEX NETWORK STORE-ANDFORWARD SHIP
DIRECT DIALING
CENTRAL SYSTEM
SUB-STATION
MULTIADDRESS
SYSTEM CONTROL
Sample automatic telex network The service available in automatic telex are Message transfer between ship and coast station (store-and-forward) Connection with landline telex (direct dialing) Multi address.
11-10
11.9.2 Preparations
To use automatic telex, you will need to register three items:
Answerback code Scan groups Station names
Registering answerback code The coast station assigns a Telex number. This number functions as an answerback code. An answerback code contains the following:
OOOOO SHIP X
OOOOO: Coast station-assigned five-digit telex code SHIP: Ship name X: For shipboard station, normally X is entered.
The procedure for registering the answerback code is the same as which appears on page 9-1. If an answerback code was registered before the commissioning of the coast station, a new answerback code must be entered. To enter a new answerback code, contact FURUNO or an authorized FURUNO agent or dealer. Registering scan groups The central system emits a free-signal to indicate a coast station radio channel is in idle condition and available for ship-to-shore calls. The free-signal is detected and recognized by the shipboard equipment as a permission to start the transmission. Then, the shipboard operator initiates a call. You can scan search for the free-signal automatically by registering coast station radio channels in scan group(s). The procedure for registering scan groups for coast station use is the same as that which appears on page 9-7. Registering stations The next step is to enter station name. The procedure is the same as that shown on page 9-3.
11-11
11.9.3 Commands
The tables which follows describe the commands for macro operation
Command (Prefixed with @) CALL FREE (support command for CALL) Parameter S: Station Name Two digits, 0-99 min. Content Calling station name and ID on assigned parameter Free-signal searching time according to assigned parameter (default setting: 10 min) Detect free signal of dot pattern Calling according to assigned parameter (default setting: 10 min) For receiving a message (designated by parameter) transmitted by coast station Time allotted for reception of message by CASE command Text transmitted according to assigned parameters Send a file from floppy disk Function keys F7 F10
RETRY (support command for CALL) CASE TIMEOUT (support command for CALL) SEND
$RRR$ signal Two digits, 0-99 min. Text Two digits, 0-99 min. Text B file name (IB-581) A: file name (IB-583) None
WRU HR OVER BREAK DISPLAY INPUT
Text None
Text of message appears Waiting for keyboard input Transmit keyboard input message
Commands processed by Danish coast station Lyngby Command Function BRK+ Disconnection communications line DIRTLX + Direct dialing telex (receive only) KKKK Terminate message LTR+ For telex letters mailed from Operations Station to destinations worldwide MED+ Request medical advice OPR+ Requesting operating assistance POS+ Send position data STA+ Status requested on a store-and-forward message TLX + Store-and-forward method For details, consult the coast stations traffic manual.
11-12
11.9.4 Store-and-forward method

The following is the sequence of events in transmission of a file by the store-and-forward method. 1. 2. 3. 4. Shipboard station sends message to coast station. Coast station stores message in memory buffer. Shipboard station and coast station clear the radio circuit. Coast station sends message to subscriber designated.
Actual procedure for store-and-forward telex
No. Procedure 1 Call a coast . station.
Display CONNECT appears in re verse video (and bell sounds). 00190 TLG DK 26 X X X SHIP X GA+?
Remarks Free-signal found; radio circuit ready.
Transmit WRU signal. Initial identity exchange between coast station and shipboard station
Key in subscriber's Telex number. Example: (Hong Kong) 12345 TLX80212345+ MSG+? Request to start message transmission Message transmission 26 X X X SHIP X 00190 TLG DK GA+? Transmit your answerback code. Receive other party's answerback code.
4 5
Transmit file. When transmission is completed, type KKKK.
Transmit BREAK command to clear radio circuit.
11-13
Procedure for preparing a macrofile for store-and-forward method You will need a macrofile to enable automatic message transmission by store-and-forward method. After preparing it, save it to a floppy disk for future use. 1. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu. 2. Press the [1] key. 3. Prepare macrofile. Below is simple example.
< [1] UNTITLED1 >
@FREE $RRR$ @CALL S:LYNGBY RADIO @WRU @CASE GA+? @SEND TLX80212345+ @CASE MSG+? @SEND B: ABC @SEND KKKK @CASE GA+? @SEND BRK+
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found 2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO) Who are you? Station identity exchange 3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 802 is country code of Hong Kong) for store-and-forward method 4 Location and name of file message B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583) 5 Request for termination of message
1 2
4 5
Sample macrofile for store-and-forward method 4. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu. 5. Press the [3] key. The Close Text appears on the display.
close Text Save File?
Yes
No (UNTITLED 1)
Close text prompt
11-14
6. Press the [Enter] key and enter a file name as follows:

OOOOOOOO.MCR File Name Extension Name
(max. 8 characters)
7. Press the [Enter] key.
DIRTLX macrofile
Sample DIRTLX macrofile
@FREE $RRR$ @CALL S: LYNGBY RADIO @WRU @CASE GA+? @SEND DIRTLX725644325+ @CASE MSG+? @SEND B: ABC @SEND KKKK @CASE GA+? @SEND BRK+
1 2
4 5
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found 2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO) Who are you? Station identity exchange 3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 72 is country code of JAPAN) for direct dialing mode 4 Location and name of file message B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583) 5 Request for termination of message
Sample DIRLTX macrofile
11-15
Procedure for DIRTLX
No. Procedure 1 Call a coast . station.
Display CONNECT appears in re verse video (and bell sounds). 00190 TLG DK 26 X X X SHIP X GA+?
Remarks Free-signal found; radio circuit ready.
Transmit WRU signal. Initial identity exchange between coast station and shipboard station
Key in subscriber's Telex number. Example: (Japan) 5644325

DIRTLX725644325+ 12:20 MOM 5644325 FURUNO J MSG+
Request to start message transmission Message transmission
4 5
Transmit file. When transmission is completed, type KKKK. 26 X X X SHIP X 5644325 FURUNO J 00190 TLG DK DURATION ... TIME ... GA+?
Transmit your answerback code. Receive other party's answerback code.
Transmit BREAK command to clear radio circuit.
11-16
11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile

This section describes how to transmit a telex message using a macrofile. Basic procedure Register answerback code (Telex number assigned by coast station). Register coast station frequency and channel to scan group. Register station name including scan group name. Retrieve appropriate macrofile. Include station name and message file name. Type message and save file to memory. 5. Open macro operation menu and select a macrofile. (See next page for details.) Your message will be transmitted automatically. Below is the sequence of automatic message transmission to a coast station. a) Search for free-signal b) Call coast station on one of its radio channels c) After connection is established, identity exchange d) Transmission of service category and subscribers address e) Transmission of message f) Transmission of termination of message signal g) Identity exchange h) Clearing of radio circuit Actual procedure 1. Press function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Operate menu 2. Press the [2] key to display the Call Macro screen.
11-17
Call Macro [A:\... for IB-583 [B:\TEST1. File name LOG File TEST1. TEST2. TEST3. LYNGBY1.MCR [ ] Size Date & Time 52 02-10-15 17:25 120 02-10-10 16:30 151 02-10-11 09:25 180 02-10-11 20:16 169 02-10-13 06:23 End of Directory
Call macro screen 3. Press the ["] key to choose a macrofile. 4. Press the [Enter] key.
Call Macro: Lyngby1.MCR
Yes
Call OK?
No
5. Press the [Enter] key to confirm the macrofile selected. The Wait for Free Signal indication appears. Your message will be transmitted automatically.
11-18
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Do not open the equipment. Only qualified personnel should work inside the equipment.
12.1 Daily Test

Authorities require that the DSC/watch receiver be checked daily for proper operation to ensure that it will function properly in the event of distress. Execute the daily test as below. 1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test. 2. After several seconds the test results, OK, for normal operation, NG for No Good. For NG (No Good) contact your dealer for advice.
MAR-27-2002-15:24 MAIN CPU : OK VER. XX*
PANEL1 PANEL2*1 MODEM : OK VER. XX* : OK VER. XX* : OK *: XX = Version No. Page 1 Page 2 *1: Shown if equipped with No. 2 control unit.
** Daily test **
** Daily test **
RCVR1 RCVR2*1 TRX : OK : OK : OK
NBDP MODEM : OK
Test results 3. After the test results * = PANEL2 CPU, RCVR2 DAILY TEST for the items on printed if equipped MAR-27-2002-15:24:00 page 2 appear, the with no. 2 MMSI: 123456789 audio alarm sounds, control unit. MAIN CPU: OK VER.** ** = Version No. the ALARM lamp PANEL1 CPU: OK VER.** flashes several PANEL2 CPU:* OK VER.** NBDP MODEM: OK VER.** times and then page RCVR1: OK 1 of the daily test is RCVR2:* OK displayed. TRX: OK 4. If auto printing is active, the test results are printed. To manually print the test results, press the [8/PRINT] key. Above is a sample test results printout. 5. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the DSC standby screen. Note: TEST on the DSC Setup menu is for used by service technicians.
12-1
12.2 Radiotelephone Test

Do the following to check the radiotelephone for proper operation: 1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test. OK or NG (No Good) appears as the test result for each item checked. For NG, contact your dealer for advice.
Tx selfcheck
PLL : OK RF : OK PA2 COMB TX FIL PA1 : OK : OK* : OK* : OK * FS-2570 only
COUPL : OK
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the previously used screen.
12.3 Antenna Coupler Test

The CPU and the relays which choose capacitors and coils for tuning can be checked. For qualified technicians only.
DANGER
HIGH TENSION HAZARD
Circuits in the antenna coupler are still alive at OFF. Discharge before servicing.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Open the antenna coupler cover. Open the shield cover inside the coupler. Turn on the #2 switch of DIP switch S2. Press the TUNE switch in the antenna coupler. 24 LEDs (CR1 to CR24) light one by one every second. Relays trip on with corresponding LEDs as below. CR1 ON K1 ON COUPLER BOARD LED CR2 ON K2 ON . . . CR22 ON K22 ON (CR23 not provided) DIP switch S2 CR24 ON K24, K25 ON behind the shield case 6. Turn off the #2 switch of DIP switch S2. 7. Close the cover. TUNE SWITCH If CPU error is detected, CR1 lights for ROM error, CR2 for RAM error, CR3 for A/D converter error. (ROM/RAM/ A/D converter is incorporated in the CPU.)
12-2
12.4 Maintenance
Regular maintenance is vital for maintaining performance. Following the procedures below will help keep the equipment in top operating condition. Maintenance check points
Item Antenna Wire antenna Insulators for antenna Check Point Check for physical damage and corrosion. Check that the antenna is properly spanned and separated sufficiently from metallic structures. Check for salt water deposits on insulators. Check that connection at the lead-in insulator is tight and rust-free. Remedy/Remarks Replace damaged parts. If necessary, re-span antenna.
Antenna coupler
Check condition of antenna terminal, ground, coaxial cable and control cable. Check that coupler lid and cable glands are firmly secure.
Control unit
Replace damage insulators. Remove salt water deposits. Clean with fresh water, then dry. Remove rust, then tighten bolts and lock nuts. Cover metallic surface with sealing compound. Tighten loosened connections. Fasten lid firmly and evenly to prevent water leakage. Replace if damaged.
Check for physical damage, corrosion and salt water deposits. Check ground connection, control cable, and external equipment. Confirm that there are no objects on the top of the control unit. Remove dust from control unit with soft cloth.
Tighten loosened connections; remove foreign material from connectors. Remove any objects. Wipe the LCD carefully to prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD cleaner. To remove dirt or salt deposits, use an LCD cleaner, wiping slowly with tissue paper so as to dissolve the dirt or salt. Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the LCD. Tighten loosened connections; remove foreign material from connectors. Remove any objects. If not within the range, call for service. Low voltage may cause erratic operation.
Note: Do not use chemical cleaners to clean the display unit; they can remove paint or markings or deform the equipment.
Transceiver unit
Check connection at signal cable, coaxial cable, control cable, power cable, and navigator. Confirm that there are no objects on the top of the cabinet. Check that the supply voltage at transmission is within the rated range (21.6 to 31.2 VDC at the power connector).
Power supply
12-3
12.5 Replacement of Fuses

To protect the FS-1570 from overcurrent and equipment fault, two fuses are provided in the PR-300 Power Supply Unit. If a fuse blows, find the cause before replacing it. If it blows again after replacement, request service.
CAUTION
Use the proper fuse. Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious damage to the equipment and void the warranty.
Unit Power Supply Unit PR-300
Fuse 10 A (100 VAC) or 5A (200 VAC) and 20 A (24 VDC)
FUSE
100V 10A 220V 5A 125V 20A
PR-300
ON OFF AC IN L N G
ON OFF DC IN + + DC OUT - 24V + -
PR-300
Note: The Power Supply Unit PR-850A, used with the FS-2570, does not have a fuse but a circuit breaker. If the breaker has tripped, find the reason before resetting the breaker (upward position).
BREAKER
POWER ON ON
OFF
AC INPUT 50/60Hz
DC OUTPUT
PR-850A
12-4
12.6 Simple Troubleshooting

The table below provides common problems and the means with which to restore normal operation. If normal operation cannot be restored, do not attempt to check inside the equipment. Any servicing should be referred to a qualified technician.
Problem Power cannot be turned on. Probable cause Mains switchboard may be off. (DC) voltage is too high. Battery may have discharged, or poor contact at terminals. Contrast is too low. Remedy Turn on the mains switchboard. Check supply voltage. Recharge battery and tighten battery terminals. Operate the [9/ contrast. ] key to adjust
Display indications do not appear but key lamps are lit. Power is on but no sound from loudspeaker. Poor articulation Output power reduced to LOW
Loudspeaker is off.
Operate the [7/ ] key to turn on the loudspeaker. Class of emission should match that of incoming signal. Wait until the unit returns to normal condition.
Wrong class of emission may be in use. Power is automatically reduced to protect against overheating due to continuous transmission. Antenna may be disconnected or shorted to ground. Antenna is out of tunable length. Poor grounding of antenna coupler. Breaker in coupler has tripped. Connection cable loosened or disconnected.
Antenna coupler cannot tune antenna
Check antenna connection.
Recommended length is 7 to 30 meters. Check coupler ground. Checks mains voltage and polarity. If normal, reset breaker. Check cable.
12.7 Error Messages

The table below shows error messages and their meanings. Error messages
Error message Busy: RT Channel Busy Meaning Remedy Radiotelephone is in Wait until the radiotelephone is free. operation. You attempted to transmit on The message is automatically erased a channel which is currently when the channel becomes clear. busy. (This occurs with
12-5
EPFS error
Routine and Business priorities only.) No position data from navigator for one minute. Incoming DSC call You attempted to enter position automatically when there is no position data. Radiotelephone not powered or has been disconnected. Oven too cold; cannot transmit. Automatic printed has been selected; however, printer is not powered or has been disconnected. Oven not ready; cannot transmit. TRX PLL unlock. Transmission is stopped. Tuning failed for DSC or NBDP. Transmission (except distress) is stopped. Position data is older by the amount of time preset on the Alarm menu. Internal error (such as CPU trouble) detected. Accompanied with alarm, same type as for distress. WR1, WR2 PLL unlock. Transmission is stopped.
Incoming No position data
Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. Check the navigator. If it is malfunctioning, manually enter position. Message is automatically cleared when DSC signal has gone. Check the navigator.
No response: RT Oven cold. Tx not ready; wait Printer not ready
Check radiotelephone. Wait until the oven becomes sufficiently warm. Check printer.
Trouble: Oven not ready TRX PLL UNLOCK
Wait until the oven is ready. Check if the reference oscillator is working and the coaxial cable is tightly connected. Try to tune again.
TUNE error
Warning: Update position Watchdog error. Please Power OFF
Press the [CANCEL] key to silence alarm. Reenter position on the Position menu. Turn the power off and on to erase the message. Have a qualified technician check the set. Check if the reference oscillator is working and the coaxial cable is tightly connected.
WR1 PLL UNLOCK WR2 PLL UNLOCK
12-6
12.8 Test Call

This function sends a test signal to a coast station, over one of six distress and safety frequencies. For that reason, it should not be executed unnecessarily. You can prepare a test call beforehand (see Chapter 6) or at the moment you intend to send a test call. To send a prepared test call, see page 6-9 for the procedure. 1. Press the [2/DSC] key at the DSC standby screen and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
CALL TYPE
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob. 3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.
CALL TYPE COAST ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : : TEST 000000000 : SAFETY 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Using the numeric keys, key in the ID of the coast station ID (seven digits) where to send the call and then push the [ENTER] knob. 5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. (Note that PRIORITY is automatically selected to SAFETY.)
message ** Compose 2187.5 **
CALL TYPE COAST ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : Test 4207.5 : 001234567 6312.0 :8414.5 Safety 12577.0 : kHz 16804.5
VIEW KHZ GO TO ALL VIEW
12-7
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
Compose message ** ** CALL TYPE : TEST
COAST ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : 001234567 : SAFETY :
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the test call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows "Test call in progress!" while the test call is being transmitted.
Test call in progress!
TO COAST SAFETY DSC FREQ TIME TO GO :
001234567
: :
2187.5 KHZ
7S
8. After the test call has been sent, the following message appears.
Waiting for test acknowledgement.
FROM COAST : 001234567 SAFETY DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
4M12S
9. One of the following displays appears. (No response! Try calling again? appears when the timer counts down to zero, meaning no response from coast station.)
Test acknowledge call received.
FROM COAST: SAFETY NO INFORMATION
001234567

FROM COAST: SAFETY DSC FREQ :
001234567
2187.5 KHZ
STOP ALARM
CALL AGAIN
Test acknowledge received
No response to test call
10. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 9.
12-8
Test acknowledge call received The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
Received message * * MAR-23-2002-23:59 ECC : OK
TEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM COAST : 001234567 SAFETY NO INFORMATION GO TO ALL VIEW
No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob and then press the [CALL] key. Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance

Regular maintenance is important for good performance. A regular maintenance program should be established and should at least include the items mentioned below.
12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment

Wipe of accumulated dust from the terminal unit with a soft cloth. Wipe the LCD carefully to prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD cleaner. To remove dirt or salt deposits, use an LCD cleaner, wiping slowly with tissue paper so as to dissolve the dirt or salt. Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the LCD. Do not use solvents such as thinner, acetone or benzene for cleaning; they can remove paint and marks or deform the equipment.
12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection

Periodically check the connectors for proper seating and the earth connection for rust. Remove rust to maintain a good ground system.
12.9.3 Floppy disk drive

Foreign material on the floppy disk drive head can scratch the magnetic material in the floppy, resulting in loss of data. Clean the floppy disk drive head regularly with a floppy disk drive cleaning disk to prevent erasure of information stored on disks.
12-9
12.9.4 Diagnostics
General diagnostics 1. Press the function key [F6] to display the System menu.
Setup Slave Delay TX/RX MSG Save Edit Before sending Time System Time & Date Display Mode* Self Test System Lock Change Default 8 msec (0- 50 msec) OFF O N OFF O N OFF UTC SMT JST 2002/10/16 10:00:00 Normal Reverse
* = Window Color shown on IB-583.
System menu 2. Choose Change from Setup. 3. Choose Self Test (at the bottom of the screen). 4. Press the [Enter] key. The results of the self test are displayed a short time later.
Selftest Terminal Unit Test : Main Unit Test : Modem Unit Test : Radio Unit Test : DSC Unit Test : Printer Unit Test*2: ver. X.XX ver. X.XX ver. X.XX ID FS1570*1 ID FS1570*1 :OK :OK :OK :OK :OK :OK IB-58X MAIN Board NBDP Modem
X.XX = Version No. *1: Or FS2570 *2: "NG" and "Printer not ready" when printer is off or is abnormal.
Self test results The test results are shown as OK or NG (No Good). For any NG, try the self test again. If it appears again, call for service. When the test is completed, the message Selftest Completed. Press any key to escape. appears.
12-10
Tone test 1. Choose Self Test from the System Menu as shown in paragraph 12.8.4. 2. While pressing and holding down the [Shift] key, press the [] key to show the Tone Test menu.
Tone Test 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: Tone Tone Tone Tone Tone Tone Test Test Test Test Test Test 1 2 3 4 5 6 (All Char) (Fox) (Beta) (Mark) (Space) (BY)
Tone test menu 3. Choose a test and press the [Enter] key. You may stop a tone test at anytime by pressing the [Enter] key. Tone test 1 (All characters) This test checks for proper transmission of all figures, letters and codes. To conduct the test, call a station in the ARQ or FEC mode. Execute the test, confirming that all characters are transmitted correctly. "Now testing Tone Test 1" appears during the testing. Since the test is conducted continuously, you may press the [Esc] key twice followed by the [F10] key to stop the test and return to the tone test menu.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break System 1996-11-15 13:26:45.45 Caps Eng Station Name : Setup Lock Change Default Frequency (T/R) : / (kHz) Comm Mode : Auto Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Mark Space
Now Testing Tone Test 1 (All Char).
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv wxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv wxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Tone test
12-11
Tone test 2 (Fox) This test (continuously) checks for proper transmission of the test message THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG 0123456789. To conduct the test, call a station by using the ARQ or FEC mode. Tone test 3 (Beta) You may check for proper transmission of the idle signal . Call up a station using the ARQ mode. Tone test 4 (Mark) This test outputs the mark signal through the LINE OUT terminal, where a frequency counter may be connected, to confirm its frequency (1615 Hz). Tone test 5 (Space) Tone test 5 verifies the space signal frequency (1785 Hz). Tone test 6 (BY) This test verifies the frequency of the space B (1785 Hz) and the mark Y (1615 Hz), using a spectrum analyzer.
12-12
APPENDIX
Menu Tree
DSC/watch receiver
[#/SETUP] key (Pressed at DSC standby screen.) ALARM INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM RCVD CALL (OFF, ON) OLD POSITION (OFF, ON) POSITION OLDER (4.0, 3.0, 2.0, 1.0, 0.5 H) EXT ALARM (DSTRS/URG, ROUTINE, ALL, OFF) COMPLY TYPE (UNABLE, ABLE) UNABLE REASON (NO REASON, BUSY, EQUIP DISABLE, MODE NOT USABLE, CH NOT USABLE) POSITION CALL (OFF, ON) POLLING CALL (OFF, ON) RCVD ORDINARY LOG RCVD DISTRESS LOG TRANSMITTED LOG SEND MESSAGE
AUTO ACK
Default settings in boldface italic.
ERASE
MESSAGE
POSITION
INPUT TYPE (AUTO, MANUAL) LAT LON TIME XMIT CALL (AUTO, MANUAL) RCVD CALL (AUTO, MANUAL) DAILY TEST (AUTO, MANUAL)
PRINT OUT
SCAN FREQ
Selects DSC frequencies to scan.
VOLUME
KEY CLICK (OFF, ON) HANDSET (0-63, 32) ORDINARY ALARM (0-63, 8) DISTRESS ALARM (8-63, 8) TEST (For technicians)
SYSTEM (For technicians)
[LOG/TUNE] key
RECEIVED ORDINARY RECEIVED DISTRESS TRANSMITTED
AP-1
APPENDIX
Radiotelephone
[#/SETUP] key (Pressed at radiotelephone screen.) NB (OFF, ON)
SQ FREQ (500-2000 Hz, 800 Hz )
FAX RX ENABLE (OFF, ON) USER CH (Set up user channels.) OFFHOOKED (OFF, ON) SYSTEM (Display system settings.)
AP-2
APPENDIX
NBDP terminal unit (telex)

F1: File
1: New 2: Open 3: Close 4: Delete 5: Rename 6: Real Time Printing 7: File to Print 8: Cancel Priniting 9: Clear Buffer 0: Floppy Disk Format
F5: Station
1: Station Entry 2: Timer Operation Entry 3: Scan Entry 4: User Channel Entry 5: Answerback Code Entry 6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit) 7: Group ID Entry (9 digit) 8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit) 9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)
F2: Edit
1: Undo 2: Cut 3: Copy 4: Paste 5: Select All 6: Search 7: Replace 8: Goto Top 9: Goto Bottom 0: Goto Line A: Change Text
F6: System
Setup (Lock, Change, Default) Slave Delay (0-50 msec, 8) TX/RX MSG Save (OFF, ON) Edit Before Sending (OFF, ON) Time System (OFF, UTC, SMT, JST) Time & Date Display Mode (IB-581) (Normal, Reverse) Window Color Window Window Change Color (IB-583) Setup
F3: Operate
1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan (Start/Stop) 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency
Fore Color Back Color
BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3, MESSAGE.Function, SUB Menu 1, SUB Menu 2, SUB Menu 3, SUB Menu 4, Message, Base Window L-WHITE, YELLOW, L-MAGENTA, L-RED, L-CYAN, L-GREEN, L-BLUE, GRAY, WHITE, BROWN, MAGENTA, RED, CYAN, GREEN, BLUE, BLACK
F4: Window
1: Calendar 2: Distress Frequency Table
Default Color (Yes, No) Self Test
F7: WRU (Who are you?) F8: HR (Here is) F9: Over F10: Break
AP-3
APPENDIX
Frequency Tables
DSC frequency table
TX (kHz) 2187.5 4207.5 6312.0 8414.5 12577.0 16804.5 458.5 2189.5(2177.0*) 4208.0 6312.5 8415.0 12577.5 16805.0 18898.5 22374.5 25208.5 4208.5 6313.0 8415.5 12578.0 16805.5 18899.0 22375.0 25209.0 4209.0 6313.5 8416.0 12578.5 16806.0 18899.5 22375.5 25209.5 * = Ship-to-ship RX (kHz) 2187.5 4207.5 6312.0 8414.5 12577.0 16804.5 455.5 2177.0 4219.5 6331.0 8436.5 12657.0 16903.0 19703.5 22444.0 26121.0 4220.0 6331.5 8437.0 12657.5 16903.5 19704.0 22444.5 26121.5 4220.5 6332.0 8437.5 12658.0 16904.0 19704.5 22445.0 26122.0 Local-2 Frequencies Local-1 Frequencies International Frequencies INTL-0.4M INTL-2M INTL-4M INTL-6M INTL-8M INTL-12M INTL-16M INTL-18M INTL-22M INTL-25M LOCAL1-4M LOCAL1-6M LOCAL1-8M LOCAL1-12M LOCAL1-16M LOCAL1-18M LOCAL1-22M LOCAL1-25M LOCAL2-4M LOCAL2-6M LOCAL2-8M LOCAL2-12M LOCAL2-16M LOCAL2-18M LOCAL2-22M LOCAL2-25M Distress and Safety Frequencies Remarks File Name
AP-4
APPENDIX
Custom channels (to be programmed by FURUNO dealers)

CH NO Ship Receive (kHz) Ship Transmit (kHz) Remarks
AP-5
APPENDIX
MF band working carrier frequencies (ref. US CFR 47 Part 80.371)

Region East Coast Ship Transmit (kHz) 2031.5 2118.0 2126.0 2142.0 2166.0 2198.0 2366.0 2382.0 2390.0 2400.0 2406.0 2003.0 2009.0 2009.0 2031.5 2126.0 2206.0 2382.0 2430.0 Ship Receive (kHz) 2490.0 2514.0 2522.0 2538.0 2558.0 2590.0 2450.0 2482.0 2566.0 2400.0 2506.0 2450.0 2442.0 2566.0 2566.0 2522.0 2598.0 2466.0 2482.0 Region Gulf Coast Ship Transmit (kHz) 2009.0 2134.0 2142.0 2158.0 1 2166.0 2206.0 2366.0 2382.0 2430.0 2458.0 2118.0 2158.0 2206.0 2131.0 2134.0 2240.0 2134.0 2009.0 2086.0 3 2134.0 2009.0 Ship Receive (kHz) 2466.0 2530.0 2538.0 2550.0 2558.0 2598.0 2450.0 2482.0 2572.0 2506.0 2514.0 2550.0 2582.0 2309.0 2312.0 2400.0 2530.0 2506.0 2585.0 2530.0 2506.0
Great Lakes
W e st C oa st
Alaska
Hawaii Caribbean
Guam
Above frequencies are not programmed. Contact a FURUNO representative. 1 = Unlimited use December 15 to April 1 2 = 2206 kHz for distress only 3 = Limited to pep of 150 W.
AP-6
APPENDIX
MF band SSB working carrier frequencies

CH NO 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 Ship Receive (kHz) 1635 1638 1641 1644 1647 1650 1653 1656 1659 1662 1665 1668 1671 1674 1677 1680 1683 1686 1689 1692 1695 1698 1701 1704 1707 1710 1713 1716 1719 1722 Ship Transmit (kHz) 2060 2063 2066 2069 2072 2075 2078 2081 2084 2087 2090 2093 2096 2099 2102 2105 2108 2111 2114 2117 2120 2123 2126 2129 2132 2135 2138 2060 2063 2066 CH NO 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 2 82 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 Ship Receive (kHz) 1725 1728 1731 1734 1737 1740 1743 1746 1749 1752 1755 1758 1761 1764 1767 1770 1773 1776 1779 1782 1785 1788 1791 1794 1797 Ship Transmit (kHz) 2069 2072 2075 2078 2081 2084 2087 2090 2093 2096 2099 2102 2105 2108 2111 2114 2117 2120 2123 2126 2129 2132 2135 2138 2060
AP-7
APPENDIX
4/6 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)

ITU CH NO 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 (01) 433 (02) 434 (03) 435 (04) 436 (05) 437 (06) 438 (07) 439 (08) 440 (09) 441 (10) 442 (11) 443 (12) 444 (13) 445 (14) 446 (15) 447 (16) 448 (17) 449 (18) 450 (19) 451 (20) 452 (21) 4 MHz SSB (J3E) Ship RX 4357 4360 4363 4366 4369 4372 4375 4378 4381 4384 4387 4390 4393 4396 4399 4402 4405 4408 4411 4414 4417 4420 4423 4426 4429 4432 4435 4351 4354 4146 4149 4000 4003 4006 4009 4012 4015 4018 4021 4024 4027 4030 4033 4036 4039 4042 4045 4048 4051 4054 4057 4060 Ship TX 4065 4068 4071 4074 4077 4080 4083 4086 4089 4092 4095 4098 4101 4104 4107 4110 4113 4116 4119 4122 4125 4128 4131 4134 4137 4140 4143 4351 4354 4146 4149 4000 4003 4006 4009 4012 4015 4018 4021 4024 4027 4030 4033 4036 4039 4042 4045 4048 4051 4054 4057 4060 ITU CH NO 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 6 MHz SSB (J3E) Ship RX 6501 6504 6507 6510 6513 6516 6519 6522 6224 6227 6230 Ship TX 6200 6203 6206 6209 6212 6215 6218 6221 6224 6227 6230
These frequencies are factory programmed.
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).
AP-8
APPENDIX
8 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)

8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Duplex ITU CH NO Ship RX Ship TX 801 8719 8195 802 8722 8198 803 8725 8201 804 8728 8204 805 8731 8207 806 8734 8210 807 8737 8213 808 8740 8216 809 8743 8219 810 8746 8222 811 8749 8225 812 8752 8228 813 8755 8231 814 8758 8234 815 8761 8237 816 8764 8240 817 8767 8243 818 8770 8246 819 8773 8249 820 8776 8252 821 8779 8255 822 8782 8258 823 8785 8261 824 8788 8264 825 8791 8267 826 8794 8270 827 8797 8273 828 8800 8276 829 8803 8279 830 8806 8282 831 8809 8285 832 8812 8288 833 8291 8291 834 8707 8707 835 8710 8710 836 8713 8713 837 8716 8716 838 839 8294 8297 8294 8297 8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Simplex (ITU CH NO) Ship RX Ship TX 840 (01) 81 01 8101 841 (02) 8104 8104 842 (03) 8107 8107 843 (04) 8 11 0 8110 844 (05) 8113 8113 845 (06) 8116 8116 846 (07) 8119 8119 847 (08) 8122 8122 848 (09) 8125 8125 849 (10) 8128 8128 850 (11) 8131 8131 851 (12) 8134 8134 852 (13) 8137 8137 853 (14) 8140 8140 854 (15) 8143 8143 855 (16) 8 14 6 8146 856 (17) 8149 8149 857 (18) 8152 8152 858 (19) 8155 8155 859 (20) 8158 8158 860 (21) 8161 8161 861 (22) 8164 8164 862 (23) 816 7 8167 863 (24) 8 17 0 8170 864 (25) 8173 8173 865 (26) 8176 8176 866 (27) 8179 8179 867 (28) 8 18 2 8182 868 (29) 818 5 8185 869 (30) 8188 8188 870 (31) 8191 8191 CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).
AP-9
APPENDIX
12/16 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)

12 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 1201 13077 12230 1202 13080 12233 1203 13083 12236 1204 13086 12239 1205 13089 12242 1206 13092 12245 1207 13095 12248 1208 13098 12251 1209 13101 12254 1210 13104 12257 1211 13107 12260 1212 13110 12263 1213 13113 12266 1214 13116 12269 1215 13119 12272 1216 13122 12275 1217 13125 12278 1218 13128 12281 1219 13131 12284 1220 13134 12287 1221 13137 12290 1222 13140 12293 1223 13143 12296 1224 13146 12299 1225 13149 12302 1226 13152 12305 1227 13155 12308 1228 13158 12311 1229 13161 12314 1230 13164 12317 1231 13167 12320 1232 13170 12323 1233 13173 12326 1234 13176 12329 1235 13179 12332 1236 13182 12335 1237 13185 12338 1238 13188 12341 1239 13191 12344 1240 13194 12347 1241 13197 12350 1242 12353 12353 1243 12356 12356 1244 12359 12359 1245 12362 12362 1246 12365 12365 16 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 1601 17242 16360 1602 17245 16363 1603 17248 16366 1604 17251 16369 1605 17254 16372 1606 17257 16375 1607 17260 16378 1608 17263 16381 1609 17266 16384 1610 17269 16387 1611 17272 16390 1612 17275 16393 1613 17278 16396 1614 17281 16399 1615 17284 16402 1616 17287 16405 1617 17290 16408 1618 17293 16411 1619 17296 16414 1620 17299 16417 1621 17302 16420 1622 17305 16423 1623 17308 16426 1624 17311 16429 1625 17314 16432 1626 17317 16435 1627 17320 16438 1628 17323 16441 1629 17326 16444 1630 17329 16447 1631 17332 16450 1632 17335 16453 1633 17338 16456 1634 17341 16459 1635 17344 16462 1636 17347 16465 1637 17350 16468 1638 17353 16471 1639 17356 16474 1640 17359 16477 1641 17362 16480 1642 17365 16483 1643 17368 16486 1644 17371 16489 1645 17374 16492 1646 17377 16495 1647 17380 16498 1648 17383 16501 1649 17386 16504 1650 17389 16507 16 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 1651 17392 16510 1652 17395 16513 1653 17398 16516 1654 17401 16519 1655 17404 16522 1656 17407 16525 1657 16528 16528 1658 16531 16531 1659 16534 16534 1660 16537 16537 1661 16540 16540 1662 16543 16543 1663 16546 16546
Above is factory programmed.
AP-10
APPENDIX
18/19, 22, 25/26 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
18/19 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 1801 19755 18780 1802 19758 18783 1803 19761 18786 1804 19764 18789 1805 19767 18792 1806 19770 18795 1807 19773 18798 1808 19776 18801 1809 19779 18804 1810 19782 18807 1811 19785 18810 1812 19788 18813 1813 19791 18816 1814 19794 18819 1815 19797 18822 1816 18825 18825 1817 18828 18828 1818 18831 18831 1819 18834 18834 1820 18837 18837 1821 18840 18840 1822 18843 18843 22 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 2201 22696 22000 2202 22699 22003 2203 22702 22006 2204 22705 22009 2205 22708 22012 2206 22711 22015 2207 22714 22018 2208 22717 22021 2209 22720 22024 2210 22723 22027 2211 22726 22030 2212 22729 22033 2213 22732 22036 2214 22735 22039 2215 22738 22042 2216 22741 22045 2217 22744 22048 2218 22747 22051 2219 22750 22054 2220 22753 22057 2221 22756 22060 2222 22759 22063 2223 22762 22066 2224 22765 22069 2225 22768 22072 2226 22771 22075 2227 22774 22078 2228 22777 22081 2229 22780 22084 2230 22783 22087 2231 22786 22090 2232 22789 22093 2233 22792 22096 2234 22795 22099 2235 22798 22102 2236 22801 22105 2237 22804 22108 2238 22807 22111 2239 22810 22114 2240 22813 22117 2241 22816 22120 2242 22819 22123 2243 22822 22126 2244 22825 22129 2245 22828 22132 2246 22831 22135 2247 22834 22138 2248 22837 22141 2249 22840 22144 2250 22843 22147 22 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 2251 22846 22150 2252 22849 22153 2253 22852 22156 2254 22159 22159 2255 22162 22162 2256 22165 22165 2257 22168 22168 2258 22171 22171 2259 22174 22174 2260 22177 22177
25/26 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO Ship RX Ship TX 2501 26145 25070 2502 26148 25073 2503 26151 25076 2504 26154 25079 2505 26157 25082 2506 26160 25085 2507 26163 25088 2508 26166 25091 2509 26169 25094 2510 26172 25097 2511 25100 25100 2512 25103 25103 2513 25106 25106 2514 25109 25109 2515 25112 25112 2516 25115 25115 2517 25118 25118
AP-11
APPENDIX
MF band telex frequency table

CH NO. 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 Ship Transmit (NBDP, DSC) 2142.0 2142.5 2143.0 2143.5 2144.0 2144.5 2145.0 2145.5 2146.0 2146.5 2147.0 2147.5 2148.0 2148.5 2149.0 2149.5 2150.0 2150.5 2151.0 2151.5 2152.0 2152.5 2153.0 2153.5 2154.0 2154.5 2155.0 2155.5 2156.0 2156.5 2157.0 2157.5 2158.0 2158.5 2159.0 2159.5 Ship Receive (NBDP, DSC) 1607.0 1607.5 1608.0 1608.5 1609.0 1609.5 1610.0 1610.5 1611.0 1611.5 1612.0 1612.5 1613.0 1613.5 1614.0 1614.5 1615.0 1615.5 1616.0 1616.5 1617.0 1617.5 1618.0 1618.5 1619.0 1619.5 1620.0 1620.5 1621.0 1621.5 1622.0 1622.5 1623.0 1623.5 1624.0 1624.5
NBDP/DSC
DSC
AP-12
ITU Telex frequency table (1/4)
ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (1/4)

RX 6314.5 6315.0 6315.5 6316.0 6316.5 6317.0 6317.5 6318.0 6318.5 6319.0 6268.0 6319.5 6320.0 6320.5 6321.0 6321.5 6322.0 6322.5 6323.0 6323.5 6324.0 6324.5 6325.0 6325.5 6326.0 6326.5 6327.0 6327.5 6328.0 6328.5 6329.0 6329.5 6330.0 6330.5 6300.5 6301.0 6301.5 6302.0 6302.5 6303.0 6303.5 6304.0 6304.5 6305.0 6305.5 6306.0 6306.5 6307.0 6307.5 6308.0 6308.5 6309.0 6309.5 6310.0 6310.5 6311.0 6311.5 6312.0 6331.0 6331.5 6332.0 No. 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8 MHz BAND TX 8376.5 8377.0 8377.5 8378.0 8378.5 8379.0 8379.5 8380.0 8380.5 8381.0 8381.5 8382.0 8382.5 8383.0 8383.5 8384.0 8384.5 8385.0 8385.5 8386.0 8386.5 8387.0 8387.5 8388.0 8388.5 8389.0 8389.5 8390.0 8390.5 8391.0 8391.5 8392.0 8392.5 8393.0 8393.5 8394.0 8394.5 8395.0 8395.5 8396.0 8396.5 8397.0 8397.5 8398.0 8398.5 8399.0 8399.5 8400.0 8400.5 8401.0 8401.5 8402.0 8402.5 8403.0 8403.5 8404.0 8404.5 8405.0 8405.5 8406.0 8406.5 8407.0 8407.5 8408.0 8408.5 RX 8376.5 8417.0 8417.5 8418.0 8418.5 8419.0 8419.5 8420.0 8420.5 8421.0 8421.5 8422.0 8422.5 8423.0 8423.5 8424.0 8424.5 8425.0 8425.5 8426.0 8426.5 8427.0 8427.5 8428.0 8428.5 8429.0 8429.5 8430.0 8430.5 8431.0 8431.5 8432.0 8432.5 8433.0 8433.5 8434.0 8434.5 8435.0 8435.5 8436.0 8396.5 8397.0 8397.5 8398.0 8398.5 8399.0 8399.5 8400.0 8400.5 8401.0 8401.5 8402.0 8402.5 8403.0 8403.5 8404.0 8404.5 8405.0 8405.5 8406.0 8406.5 8407.0 8407.5 8408.0 8408.5 No. 12001 12002 12003 12004 12005 12006 12007 12008 12009 12010 12011 12012 12013 12014 12015 12016 12017 12018 12019 12020 12021 12022 12023 12024 12025 12026 12027 12028 12029 12030 12031 12032 12033 12034 12035 12036 12037 12038 12039 12040 12041 12042 12043 12044 12045 12046 12047 12048 12049 12050 12051 12052 12053 12054 12055 12056 12057 12058 12059 12060 12061 12062 12063 12064 12065 No. 16001 16002 16003 16004 16005 16006 16007 16008 16009 16010 16011 16012 16013 16014 16015 16016 16017 16018 16019 16020 16021 16022 16023 16024 16025 12026 16027 16028 16029 16030 16031 16032 16033 16034 16035 16036 16037 16038 16039 16040 16041 16042 16043 16044 16045 16046 16047 16048 16049 16050 16051 16052 16053 16054 16055 16056 16057 16058 16059 16060 16061 16062 16063 16064 16065 No. 22001 22002 22003 22004 22005 22006 22007 22008 22009 22010 22011 22012 22013 22014 22015 22016 22017 22018 22019 22020 22021 22022 22023 22024 22025 22026 22027 22028 22029 22030 22031 22032 22033 22034 22035 22036 22037 22038 22039 22040 22041 22042 22043 22044 22045 22046 22047 22048 22049 22050 22051 22052 22053 22054 22055 22056 22057 22058 22059 22060 22061 22062 22063 22064 22065 12 MHz BAND TX RX 12477.0 12579.5 12477.5 12580.0 12478.0 12580.5 12478.5 12581.0 12479.0 12581.5 12479.5 12582.0 12480.0 12582.5 12480.5 12583.0 12481.0 12583.5 12481.5 12584.0 12482.0 12584.5 12482.5 12585.0 12483.0 12585.5 12483.5 12586.0 12484.0 12586.5 12484.5 12587.0 12485.0 12587.5 12485.5 12588.0 12486.0 12588.5 12486.5 12589.0 12487.0 12589.5 12487.5 12590.0 12488.0 12590.5 12488.5 12591.0 12489.0 12591.5 12489.5 12592.0 12490.0 12592.5 12490.5 12593.0 12491.0 12593.5 12491.5 12594.0 12492.0 12594.5 12492.5 12595.0 12493.0 12595.5 12493.5 12596.0 12494.0 12596.5 12494.5 12597.0 12495.0 12597.5 12495.5 12598.0 12496.0 12598.5 12496.5 12599.0 12497.0 12599.5 12497.5 12600.0 12498.0 12600.5 12498.5 12601.0 12499.0 12601.5 12499.5 12602.0 12500.0 12602.5 12500.5 12603.0 12501.0 12603.5 12501.5 12604.0 12502.0 12604.5 12502.5 12605.0 12503.0 12605.5 12503.5 12606.0 12504.0 12606.5 12504.5 12607.0 12505.0 12607.5 12505.5 12608.0 12506.0 12608.5 12506.5 12609.0 12507.0 12609.5 12507.5 12610.0 12508.0 12610.5 12508.5 12611.0 12509.0 12611.5 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16683.5 16807.0 16684.0 16807.5 16684.5 16808.0 16685.0 16808.5 16685.5 16809.0 16686.0 16809.5 16686.5 16810.0 16687.0 16810.5 16687.5 16811.0 16688.0 16811.5 16688.5 16812.0 16689.0 16812.5 16689.5 16813.0 16690.0 16813.5 16690.5 16814.0 16691.0 16814.5 16691.5 16815.0 16692.0 16815.5 16692.5 16816.0 16693.0 16816.5 16693.5 16817.0 16694.0 16817.5 16694.5 16818.0 16695.0 16695.0 16695.5 16818.5 16696.0 16919.0 16696.5 16819.5 16697.0 16820.0 16697.5 16820.5 16698.0 16821.0 16698.5 16821.5 16999.0 16822.0 16999.5 16822.5 16700.0 16823.0 16700.5 16823.5 16701.0 16824.0 16701.5 16824.5 16702.0 16825.0 16702.5 16825.5 16703.0 16826.0 16703.5 16826.5 16704.0 16827.0 16704.5 16827.5 16705.0 16828.0 16705.5 16828.5 16706.0 16829.0 16706.5 16829.5 16707.0 16830.0 16707.5 16830.5 16708.0 16831.0 16708.5 16831.5 16709.0 16832.0 16709.5 16832.5 16710.0 16833.0 16710.5 16833.5 16711.0 16834.0 16711.5 16834.5 16712.0 16835.0 16712.5 16835.5 16713.0 16836.0 16713.5 16836.5 16714.0 16837.0 16714.5 16837.5 16715.0 16838.0 16715.5 16838.5 18/19 MHz BAND No. TX RX 18001 18870.5 19681.0 18002 18871.0 19681.5 18003 18871.5 19682.0 18004 18872.0 19682.5 18005 18872.5 19683.0 18006 18873.0 19683.5 18007 18873.5 19684.0 18008 18874.0 19684.5 18009 18874.5 19685.0 18010 18875.0 19685.5 18011 18875.5 19686.0 18012 18876.0 19686.5 18013 18876.5 19687.0 18014 18877.0 19687.5 18015 18877.5 19688.0 18016 18878.0 19688.5 18017 18878.5 19689.0 18018 18879.0 19689.5 18019 18879.5 19690.0 18020 18880.0 19690.5 18021 18880.5 19691.0 18022 18881.0 19691.5 18023 18881.5 19692.0 18024 18882.0 19692.5 18025 18882.5 19693.0 18026 18883.0 19693.5 18027 18883.5 19694.0 18028 18884.0 19694.5 18029 18884.5 19695.0 18030 18885.0 19695.5 18031 18885.5 19696.0 18032 18886.0 19696.5 18033 18886.5 19697.0 18034 18887.0 19697.5 18035 18887.5 19698.0 18036 18888.0 19698.5 18037 18888.5 19699.0 18038 18889.0 19699.5 18039 18889.5 19700.0 18040 18890.0 19700.5 18041 18890.5 19701.0 18042 18891.0 19701.5 18043 18891.5 19702.0 18044 18892.0 19702.5 18045 18892.5 19703.0 18046 18893.0 18893.0 18047 18893.5 18893.5 18048 18894.0 18894.0 18049 18894.5 18894.5 18050 18895.0 18895.0 18051 18895.5 18895.5 18052 18896.0 18896.0 18053 18896.5 18896.5 18054 18897.0 18897.0 18055 18897.5 18897.5 18056 18898.0 18898.0 18057 18898.5 19703.5 18058 18899.0 19704.0 18059 18899.5 19704.5 22 MHz BAND TX RX 22284.5 22376.5 22285.0 22377.0 22285.5 22377.5 22286.0 22378.0 22286.5 22378.5 22287.0 22379.0 22287.5 22379.5 22288.0 22380.0 22288.5 22380.5 22289.0 22381.0 22289.5 22381.5 22290.0 22382.0 22290.5 22382.5 22291.0 22383.0 22291.5 22383.5 22292.0 22384.0 22292.5 22384.5 22293.0 22385.0 22293.5 22385.5 22294.0 22386.0 22294.5 22386.5 22295.0 22387.0 22295.5 22387.5 22296.0 22388.0 22296.5 22388.5 22297.0 22389.0 22297.5 22389.5 22298.0 22390.0 22298.5 22390.5 22299.0 22391.0 22299.5 22391.5 22300.0 22392.0 22300.5 22392.5 22301.0 22393.0 22301.5 22393.5 22302.0 22394.0 22302.5 22394.5 22303.0 22395.0 22303.5 22395.5 22304.0 22396.0 22304.5 22396.5 22305.0 22397.0 22305.5 22397.5 22306.0 22398.0 22306.5 22398.5 22307.0 22399.0 22307.5 22399.5 22308.0 22400.0 22308.5 22400.5 22309.0 22401.0 22309.5 22401.5 22310.0 22402.0 22310.5 22402.5 22311.0 22403.0 22311.5 22403.5 22312.0 22404.0 22312.5 22404.5 22313.0 22405.0 22313.5 22405.5 22314.0 22406.0 22314.5 22406.5 22315.0 22407.0 22315.5 22407.5 22316.0 22408.0 22316.5 22408.5 25/26 MHz BAND No. TX RX 25001 25173.0 26101.0 25002 25173.5 26101.5 25003 25174.0 26102.0 25004 25174.5 26102.5 25005 25175.0 26103.0 25006 25175.5 26103.5 25007 25176.0 26104.0 25008 25176.5 26104.5 25009 25177.0 26105.0 25010 25177.5 26105.5 25011 25178.0 26106.0 25012 25178.5 26106.5 25013 25179.0 26107.0 25014 25179.5 26107.5 25015 25180.0 26108.0 25016 25180.5 26108.5 25017 25181.0 26109.0 25018 25181.5 26109.5 25019 25182.0 26110.0 25020 25182.5 26110.5 25021 25183.0 26111.0 25022 25183.5 26111.5 25023 25184.0 26112.0 25024 25184.5 26112.5 25025 25185.0 26113.0 25026 25185.5 26113.5 25027 28186.0 26114.0 25028 25186.5 26114.5 25029 25187.0 26115.0 25030 25187.5 26115.5 25031 25188.0 26116.0 25032 25188.5 26116.5 25033 25189.0 26117.0 25034 25189.5 26117.5 25035 25190.0 26118.0 25036 25190.5 26118.5 25037 25191.0 26119.0 25038 25191.5 26119.5 25039 25192.0 26120.0 25040 25192.5 26120.5 25041 25193.0 25193.0 25042 25193.5 25193.5 25043 25194.0 25194.0 25044 25194.5 25194.5 25045 25195.0 25195.0 25046 25195.5 25195.5 25047 25196.0 25196.0 25048 25196.5 25196.5 25049 25197.0 25197.0 25050 25197.5 25197.5 25051 25198.0 25198.0 25052 25198.5 25198.5 25053 25199.0 25199.0 25054 25199.5 25199.5 25055 25200.0 25200.0 25056 25200.5 25200.5 25057 25201.0 25201.0 25058 25201.5 25201.5 25059 25202.0 25202.0 25060 25202.5 25202.5 25061 25203.0 25203.0 25062 25203.5 25203.5 25063 25204.0 25204.0 25064 25204.5 25204.5 25065 25205.0 25205.0
No. 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033
4 MHz BAND TX 4172.5 4173.0 4173.5 4174.0 4174.5 4175.0 4175.5 4176.0 4176.5 4177.0 4177.5 4178.0 4178.5 4179.0 4179.5 4180.0 4180.5 4181.0 4181.5 4202.5 4203.0 4203.5 4204.0 4204.5 4205.0 4205.5 4206.0 4206.5 4207.0 4207.5 4208.0 4208.5 4209.0
RX 4210.5 4211.0 4211.5 4212.0 4212.5 4213.0 4213.5 4214.0 4214.5 4215.0 4177.5 4215.5 4216.0 4216.5 4217.0 4217.5 4218.0 4218.5 4219.0 4202.5 4203.0 4203.5 4204.0 4204.5 4205.0 4205.5 4206.0 4206.5 4207.0 4207.5 4219.5 4220.0 4220.5
No. 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061
6 MHz BAND TX 6263.0 6263.5 6264.0 6264.5 6265.0 6265.5 6266.0 6266.5 6267.0 6267.5 6268.0 6268.5 6269.0 6269.5 6270.0 6270.5 6271.0 6271.5 6272.0 6272.5 6273.0 6273.5 6274.0 6274.5 6275.0 6275.5 6281.0 6281.5 6282.0 6282.5 6283.0 6283.5 6284.0 6284.5 6300.5 6301.0 6301.5 6302.0 6302.5 6303.0 6303.5 6304.0 6304.5 6305.0 6305.5 6306.0 6306.5 6307.0 6307.5 6308.0 6308.5 6309.0 6309.5 6310.0 6310.5 6311.0 6311.5 6312.0 6312.5 6313.0 6313.5
APPENDIX
AP-13

RX No. 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 7074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8 MHz BAND TX 8409.0 8409.5 8410.0 8410.5 8411.0 8411.5 8412.0 8412.5 8413.0 8413.5 8414.0 8414.5 8415.0 8415.5 8416.0 RX 8409.0 8409.5 8410.0 8410.5 8411.0 8411.5 8412.0 8412.5 8413.0 8413.5 8414.0 8414.5 8436.5 8437.0 8437.5 No. 12066 12067 12068 12069 12070 12071 12072 12073 12074 12075 12076 12077 12078 12079 12080 12081 12082 12083 12084 12085 12086 12087 12088 12089 12090 12091 12092 12093 12094 12095 12096 12097 12098 12099 12100 12101 12102 12103 12104 12105 12106 12107 12108 12109 12110 12111 12112 12113 12114 12115 12116 12117 12118 12119 12120 12121 12122 12123 12124 12125 12126 12127 12128 12129 12130 No. 16066 16067 16068 16069 16070 16071 16072 16073 16074 16075 16076 16077 16078 16079 16080 16081 16082 16083 16084 16085 16086 16087 16088 16089 16090 16091 16092 16093 16094 16095 19096 16097 16098 16099 16100 16101 16102 16103 16104 16105 16106 16107 16108 16109 16110 16111 16112 16113 16114 16115 16116 16117 16118 16119 16120 16121 16122 16123 16124 16125 16126 16127 16128 16129 16130 No. No. 22066 22067 22068 22069 22070 22071 22072 20073 22074 22075 22076 22077 22078 22079 22080 22081 22082 22083 22084 22085 22086 22087 22088 22089 22090 22091 22092 22093 22094 22095 22096 22097 22098 22099 22100 22101 22102 22103 22104 22105 22106 22107 22108 22109 22110 22111 22112 22113 22114 22115 22116 22117 22118 22119 22120 22121 22122 22123 22124 22125 22126 22127 22128 22129 22130 12 MHz BAND TX RX 12509.5 12612.0 12510.0 12612.5 12510.5 12613.0 12511.0 12613.5 12511.5 12614.0 12512.0 12614.5 12512.5 12615.0 12513.0 12615.5 12513.5 12616.0 12514.0 12616.5 12514.5 12617.0 12515.0 12617.5 12515.5 12618.0 12516.0 12618.5 12516.5 12619.0 12517.0 12619.5 12517.5 12620.0 12518.0 12620.5 12518.5 12621.0 12519.0 12621.5 12519.5 12622.0 12520.0 12520.0 12520.5 12622.5 12521.0 12623.0 12521.5 12623.5 12522.0 12624.0 12522.5 12624.5 12523.0 12625.0 12523.5 12625.5 12524.0 12626.0 12524.5 12626.5 12525.0 12627.0 12525.5 12627.5 12526.0 12628.0 12526.5 12628.5 12527.0 12629.0 12527.5 12629.5 12528.0 12630.0 12528.5 12630.5 12529.0 12631.0 12529.5 12631.5 12530.0 12632.0 12530.5 12632.5 12531.0 12633.0 12531.5 12633.5 12532.0 12634.0 12532.5 12634.5 12533.0 12635.0 12533.5 12635.5 12534.0 12636.0 12534.5 12636.5 12535.0 12637.0 12535.5 12637.5 12536.0 12638.0 12536.5 12638.5 12537.0 12639.0 12537.5 12639.5 12538.0 12640.0 12538.5 12640.5 12539.0 12641.0 12539.5 12641.5 12540.0 12642.0 12540.5 12642.5 12541.0 12643.0 12541.5 12643.5 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16716.0 16839.0 16716.5 16839.5 16717.0 16840.0 16717.5 16840.5 16718.0 16841.0 16718.5 16841.5 16719.0 16842.0 16719.5 16842.5 16720.0 16843.0 16720.5 16843.5 16721.0 16844.0 16721.5 16844.5 16722.0 16845.0 16722.5 16845.5 16723.0 16846.0 16723.5 16846.5 16724.0 16847.0 16724.5 16847.5 16725.0 16848.0 16725.5 16848.5 16726.0 16849.0 16726.5 16849.5 16727.0 16850.0 16727.5 16850.5 16728.0 16851.0 16728.5 16851.5 16729.0 16852.0 16729.5 16852.5 16730.0 16853.0 16730.5 16853.5 16731.0 16854.0 16731.5 16854.5 16732.0 16855.0 16732.5 16855.5 16733.0 16856.0 16733.5 16856.5 16739.0 16857.0 16739.5 16857.5 16740.0 16858.0 16740.5 16858.5 16741.0 16859.0 16741.5 16859.5 16742.0 16860.0 16742.5 16860.5 16743.0 16861.0 16743.5 16861.5 16744.0 16862.0 16744.5 16862.5 16745.0 16863.0 16745.5 16863.5 16746.0 16864.0 16746.5 16864.5 16747.0 16865.0 16747.5 16865.5 16748.0 16866.0 16748.5 16866.5 16749.0 16867.0 16749.5 16867.5 16750.0 16868.0 16750.5 16868.5 16751.0 16869.0 16751.5 16869.5 16752.0 16870.0 16752.5 16870.5 16753.0 16871.0 18/19 MHz BAND TX RX 22 MHz BAND TX RX 22317.0 22409.0 22317.5 22490.5 22318.0 22410.0 22318.5 22410.5 22319.0 22411.0 22319.5 22411.5 22320.0 22412.0 22320.5 22412.5 22321.0 22413.0 22321.5 22413.5 22322.0 22414.0 22322.5 22414.5 22323.0 22415.0 22323.5 22415.5 22324.0 22416.0 22324.5 22416.5 22325.0 22417.0 22325.5 22417.5 22326.0 22418.0 22326.5 22418.5 22327.0 22419.0 22327.5 22419.5 22328.0 22420.0 22328.5 22420.5 22329.0 22421.0 22329.5 22421.5 22330.0 22422.0 22330.5 22422.5 22331.0 22423.0 22331.5 22423.5 22332.0 22424.0 22332.5 22424.5 22333.0 22425.0 22333.5 22425.5 22334.0 22426.0 22334.5 22426.5 22335.0 22427.0 22335.5 22427.5 22336.0 22428.0 22336.5 22428.5 22337.0 22429.0 22337.5 22429.5 22338.0 22430.0 22338.5 22430.5 22339.0 22431.0 22339.5 22431.5 22340.0 22432.0 22340.5 22432.5 22341.0 22433.0 22341.5 22433.5 22342.0 22434.0 22342.5 22434.5 22343.0 22435.0 22343.5 22435.5 22344.0 22436.0 22344.5 22436.5 22345.0 22437.0 22345.5 22437.5 22346.0 22438.0 22346.5 22438.5 22347.0 22439.0 22347.5 22439.5 22348.0 22440.0 22348.5 22440.5 22349.0 22441.0 25/26 MHz BAND No. TX RX 25066 25205.5 25205.5 25067 25206.0 25206.0 25068 25206.5 25206.5 25069 25207.0 25207.0 25070 25207.5 25207.5 25071 25208.0 25208.0 25072 25208.5 26121.0 25073 25209.0 26121.5 25074 25209.5 26122.0
APPENDIX
AP-14
No.
4 MHz BAND TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND TX

RX No. 8 MHz BAND TX RX No. 12131 12132 12133 12134 12135 12136 12137 12138 12139 12140 12141 12142 12143 12144 12145 12146 12147 12148 12149 12150 12151 12152 12153 12154 12155 12156 12157 12158 12159 12160 12161 12162 12163 12164 12165 12166 12167 12168 12169 12170 12171 12172 12173 12174 12175 12176 12177 12178 12179 12180 12181 12182 12183 12184 12185 12186 12187 12188 12189 12190 12191 12192 12193 12194 No. 16131 16132 16133 16134 16135 16136 16137 16138 16139 16140 16141 16142 16143 16144 16145 16146 16147 16148 16149 16150 16151 16152 16153 16154 16155 16156 16157 16158 16159 16160 16161 16162 16163 16164 16165 16166 16167 16168 16169 16170 16171 16172 16173 16174 16175 16176 16177 16178 16179 16180 16181 16182 16183 16184 16185 16186 16187 16188 16189 16190 16191 16192 16193 16194 16195 No. No. 22131 22132 22133 22134 22135 22136 22137 22138 22139 22140 22141 22142 22143 22144 22145 22146 22147 22148 22149 22150 22151 22152 22153 22154 22155 22156 22157 22158 22159 22160 22161 22162 22163 22164 22165 22166 22167 22168 22169 22170 22171 22172 22173 22174 22175 22176 22177 22178 22179 22180 22181 22182 22183 No. 12 MHz BAND TX RX 12542.0 12644.0 12542.5 12644.5 12543.0 12645.0 12543.5 12645.5 12544.0 12646.0 12544.5 12646.5 12545.0 12647.0 12545.5 12647.5 12546.0 12648.0 12546.5 12648.5 12547.0 12649.0 12547.5 12649.5 12548.0 12650.0 12548.5 12650.5 12549.0 12651.0 12549.5 12651.5 12555.0 12652.0 12555.5 12652.5 12556.0 12653.0 12556.5 12653.5 12557.0 12654.0 12557.5 12654.5 12558.0 12655.0 12558.5 12655.5 12559.0 12656.0 12559.5 12656.5 12560.0 12560.0 12560.5 12560.5 12561.0 12561.0 12561.5 12561.5 12562.0 12562.0 12562.5 12562.5 12563.0 12563.0 12563.5 12563.5 12564.0 12564.0 12564.5 12564.5 12565.0 12565.0 12565.5 12565.5 12566.0 12566.0 12566.5 12566.5 12567.0 12567.0 12567.5 12567.5 12568.0 12568.0 12568.5 12568.5 12569.0 12569.0 12569.5 12569.5 12570.0 12570.0 12570.5 12570.5 12571.0 12571.0 12571.5 12571.5 12572.0 12572.0 12572.5 12572.5 12573.0 12573.0 12573.5 12573.5 12574.0 12574.0 12574.5 12574.5 12575.0 12575.0 12575.5 12575.5 12576.0 12576.0 12576.5 12576.5 12577.0 12577.0 12577.5 12657.0 12578.0 12657.5 12578.5 12658.0 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16753.5 16871.5 16754.0 16872.0 16754.5 16872.5 16755.0 16873.0 16755.5 16873.5 16756.0 16874.0 16756.5 16874.5 16757.0 16875.0 16757.5 16875.5 16758.0 16876.0 16758.5 16876.5 16759.0 16877.0 16759.5 16877.5 16760.0 16878.0 16760.5 16878.5 16761.0 16879.0 16761.5 16879.5 16762.0 16880.0 16762.5 16880.5 16763.0 16881.0 16763.5 16881.5 16764.0 16882.0 16764.5 16882.5 16765.0 16883.0 16765.5 16883.5 16766.0 16884.0 16766.5 16884.5 16767.0 16885.0 16767.5 16885.5 16768.0 16886.0 16768.5 16886.5 16769.0 16887.0 16769.5 16887.5 16770.0 16888.0 16770.5 16888.5 16771.0 16889.0 16771.5 16889.5 16772.0 16890.0 16772.5 16890.5 16773.0 16891.0 16773.5 16891.5 16774.0 16892.0 16774.5 16892.5 16775.0 16893.0 16775.5 16893.5 16776.0 16894.0 16776.5 16894.5 16777.0 16895.0 16777.5 16895.5 16778.0 16896.0 16778.5 16896.5 16779.0 16897.0 16779.5 16897.5 16780.0 16898.0 16780.5 16898.5 16781.0 16899.0 16781.5 16899.5 16782.0 16900.0 16782.5 16900.5 16783.0 16901.0 16783.5 16901.5 16784.0 16902.0 16784.5 16902.5 16785.0 16785.0 16785.5 16785.5 18/19 MHz BAND TX RX 22 MHz BAND TX RX 22349.5 22441.5 22350.0 22442.0 22350.5 22442.5 22351.0 22443.0 22351.5 22443.5 22352.0 22352.0 22352.5 22352.5 22353.0 22353.0 22353.5 22353.5 22354.0 22354.0 22354.5 22354.5 22355.0 22355.0 22355.5 22355.5 22356.0 22356.0 22356.5 22356.5 22357.0 22357.0 22357.5 22357.5 22358.0 22358.0 22358.5 22358.5 22359.0 22359.0 22359.5 22359.5 22360.0 22360.0 22360.5 22360.5 22361.0 22361.0 22361.5 22361.5 22362.0 22362.0 22362.5 22362.5 22363.0 22363.0 22363.5 22363.5 22364.0 22364.0 22364.5 22364.5 22365.0 22365.0 22365.5 22365.5 22366.0 22366.0 22366.5 22366.5 22367.0 22367.0 22367.5 22367.5 22368.0 22368.0 22368.5 22368.5 22369.0 22369.0 22369.5 22369.5 22370.0 22370.0 22370.5 22370.5 22371.0 22371.0 22371.5 22371.5 22372.0 22372.0 22372.5 22372.5 22373.0 22373.0 22373.5 22373.5 22374.0 22374.0 22374.5 22444.0 22375.0 22444.5 22375.5 22445.0 25/26 MHz BAND TX RX
No.
4 MHz BAND TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND TX
APPENDIX
AP-15

No. 8 MHz BAND TX RX No. No. 16196 16197 16198 16199 16200 16201 16202 16203 16204 16205 16206 16207 16208 16209 16210 16211 16212 16213 16214 16215 16216 16217 16218 16219 19220 16221 16222 16223 16224 16225 16226 16227 16228 16229 16230 16231 16232 16233 16234 16235 16236 No. No. No. 12 MHz BAND TX RX 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16786.0 16786.0 16786.5 16786.5 16787.0 16787.0 16787.5 16787.5 16788.0 16788.0 16788.5 16788.5 16789.0 16789.0 16789.5 16789.5 16790.0 16790.0 16790.5 16790.5 16791.0 16791.0 16791.5 16791.5 16792.0 16792.0 16792.5 16792.5 16793.0 16793.0 16793.5 16793.5 16794.0 16794.0 16794.5 16794.5 16795.0 16795.0 16795.5 16795.5 16796.0 16796.0 16796.5 16796.5 16797.0 16797.0 16797.5 16797.5 16798.0 16798.0 16798.5 16798.5 16799.0 16799.0 16799.5 16799.5 16800.0 16800.0 16800.5 16800.5 16801.0 16801.0 16801.5 16801.5 16802.0 16802.0 16802.5 16802.5 16803.0 16803.0 16803.5 16803.5 16804.0 16804.0 16804.5 16804.5 16805.0 16903.0 16805.5 16903.5 16806.0 16904.0 18/19 MHz BAND TX RX 22 MHz BAND TX RX 25/26 MHz BAND TX RX
APPENDIX
AP-16
No.
4 MHz BAND TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND TX
RX
APPENDIX
Telex Abbreviations
Abbreviation ADV ACK AGN BI (GS) BK CFM COL CRV DER DWN EEE FM GA MNS MOM MUTI NA NC NCH NP NR OCC OK P (or 0) PLS (PSE) PPR R (RCD) RAP RD RE RPT SRY SVP TAX TEST MSG THRU TKS (TNX) TLX Meaning Advise Acknowledge Again Good bye I cut off. Confirm Collation How do you receive? Out of order Down Error From Go ahead. Minutes Wait (Waiting) Mutilated Correspondence to this subscriber is not admitted. No circuits Subscriber's number has been changed. The called party is not or no longer is a subscriber. Indicate your call number. Subscriber is engaged. Agreed. Stop your transmission. Please Paper Received I will call you again. Read Referrring to Repeat Sorry Please What is the charge? Please send a test message? You are in communication with telex position Thanks Telex
AP-17
APPENDIX
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1)

1. I/O Sentences
Input sentences (IEC 61162-1) RMA, RMC, GLL, GGA, ZDA Input sentence description GGA - Global positioning system(GPS) fix data
$--GGA,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x,xx,x.x,x.x,M,x.x,M,x.x,xxxx*hh<CR><LF> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +-- 11 | | | | | | | | | | | | | +---- 10 | | | | | | | | | | | | +--------- 9 | | | | | | | | | | +---+------------ 8 | | | | | | | | +---+------------------ 7 | | | | | | | +------------------------- 6 | | | | | | +---------------------------- 5 | | | | | +------------------------------- 4 | | | +----+--------------------------------- 3 | +---+--------------------------------------------- 2 +------------------------------------------------------------- 1 1. UTC of position 2. Latitude, N/S 3. Longitude, E/W 4. GPS quality indicator 5. Number of satllite in use,00-12, may be different from the number in view 6. Horizontal dilution of precision 7. Antenna altitude above/below mean sealevel, m 8. Geoidal separation, m 9. Age of differential GPS data 10. Differential reference station ID, 0000-1023 11. Checksum
AP-18
APPENDIX
GLL - Geographic position - latitude/longitude

$--GLL,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,hhmmss.ss,A,a*hh<CR><LF> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +------- 6 | | | | | | +--------- 5 | | | | | +----------- 4 | | | | +---------------- 3 | | +------+----------------------- 2 +---+----------------------------------- 1 1. Latitude, N/S 2. Longitude, E/W 3. UTC of position 4. Status: A=data valid, V=data invalid 5. Mode indicator(see note) 6. Checksum NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator: A = Autonomous D = Differential E = Estimated (dead reckoning) M = Manual input S = Simulator N = Data not valid The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not be null fields.
ZDA - Time and date
$--ZDA,hhmmss.ss,xx,xx,xxxx,xx,xx*hh<CR><LF> | | | | | | | | | | | | | +--------- 7 | | | | | +----------- 6 | | | | +-------------- 5 | | | +------------------ 4 | | +---------------------- 3 | +------------------------- 2 +--------------------------------- 1 1. UTC 2. Day, 01 to 31(UTC) 3. Month, 01 to 12(UTC) 4. Year(UTC) 5. Local zone hours, 00h to +-13h 6. Local zone minutes, 00 to +59 as local hours 7. Checksum
AP-19
APPENDIX
RMA - Recommended minimum specific LORAN-C data
$--RMA,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yy,a,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +------- 10 | | | | | | | | | | | +--------- 9 | | | | | | | | | +---+----------- 8 | | | | | | | | +------------------ 7 | | | | | | | +---------------------- 6 | | | | | | +-------------------------- 5 | | | | | +------------------------------ 4 | | | +----+--------------------------------- 3 | +---+-------------------------------------------- 2 +------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. Status: A=data valid, V=blink, cycle or SNR warning 2. Latitude, degrees N/S 3. Longitude, degrees E/W 4. Time difference A, microseconds 5. Time difference B, microseconds 6. Speed over ground, knots 7. Course over ground, degrees true 8. Magnetic variation(see note 1),degree E/W 9. Mode indicator(see note 2) 10. Checksum NOTE 1 - Easterly variation(E) subtracts from true course Westerly variation(W) adds to true course NOTE 2 Positioning system Mode indicator: A = Autonomous D = Differential E = Estimated (dead reckoning) M = Manual input S = Simulator N = Data not valid The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not be null fields.
AP-20
APPENDIX
RMC - Recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data

$--RMC,hhmmss.ss,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x.x,x.x,xxxxxx,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +--- 10 | | | | | | | | | | | +----- 9 | | | | | | | | | +--+------- 8 | | | | | | | | +--------------- 7 | | | | | | | +--------------------- 6 | | | | | | +------------------------- 5 | | | | +---+---------------------------- 4 | | +---+---------------------------------------- 3 | +--------------------------------------------------- 2 +---------------------------------------------------------- 1 1. UTC of position fix 2. Status: A=data valid, V=navigation receiver warning 3. Latitude, N/S 4. Longitude, E/W 5. Speed over ground, knots 6. Course over ground, degrees true 7. Date: dd/mm/yy 8. Magnetic variation, degrees E/W 9. Mode indicator(see note) 10. Checksum NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous D = Differential E = Estimated (dead reckoning) M = Manual input S = Simulator N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not be null fields.
AP-21
APPENDIX
2. Schematic diagram
T-IF BOARD 05P0731 IEC 61162-1 MOTHER BOARD 05P0742(FS-1570) 05P0743(FS-2570) J3 P201 < 41 < . . . < 42 < P301 . . > 41 . > 42 T-CPU BOARD 05P0732
OPEN: IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183)
S2 SHORT: CIF J1 > > R60 330 R59 100 1SS355 C29 C28 100P 100P 3 CR11 1 U18 PC-400 4 5
TB6 R58 10 RD3_A 24 R59 10 RD3_B 25
Load requirements as a listener Isolation: Optocoupler Input impedance: 450% Max. voltage: 15 V Threshold: 4 mA
AP-22
APPENDIX
Parts List
This equipment contains complex modules in which fault diagnosis and repair down to component level are not practical (IMO A.694(17)/8.3.1). Only some discrete components are used. FURUNO Electric Co., Ltd. Believes identifying these components is of no value for shipboard maintenance; therefore, they are not listed in this manual. Major modules can be located on the parts location photos on pages AP-26 thru AP-28. Control unit FS-1570/2570
FURUNO
Model Unit
FS-1570/2570 CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Aug-02 Blk.No.

SYMBOL TYPE CODE No. REMARKS SHIPPABLE ASSEMBLY
B2 B3 B4
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 05P0728, PANEL 05P0729, C-CPU 05P0730, C-IF
005-951-870 005-951-880 005-951-890
X X X
AP-23
APPENDIX
Transceiver unit FS-1570T
FURUNO
Model Unit
FS-1570T TRANSCEIVER UNIT

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B13, 14 B17
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 05P0731, T-IF 05P0732, T-CPU 05P0733, TX-RX 05P0734, W/R 05P0735, PA 05P0736, TX-FIL 05P0737, SW-REG 05P0742, M-B 05P0746, PRESEL 05P0747, REF OSC 05P0751, DSP 05P0744, RELAY
005-952-000 005-952-010 005-952-030 005-952-060 005-952-140 005-952-100 005-952-110 005-951-980 005-952-040 005-952-050 005-952-020 005-952-070
X X X X X X X X X X X X
AP-24
APPENDIX
FURUNO
Model Unit
FS-2570T TRANSCEIVER UNIT

B2 B3 B4 B5, B18 B6, B17 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13, 14 B15 B16
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 05P0731, T-IF 05P0732, T-CPU 05P0733, TX-RX 05P0734, W/R 05P0739, PA 05P0736, TX-FIL 05P0737, SW-REG 05P0743, M-B 05P0746, PRESEL 05P0747, REF OSC 05P0744, RELAY 05P0751, DSP 05P0738, DRV 05P0740, COMB
005-952-000 005-952-010 005-952-030 005-952-060 005-952-130 005-952-100 005-952-110 005-951-990 005-952-040 005-952-050 005-952-070 005-952-020 005-952-212 005-952-150
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AP-25
APPENDIX
Parts Location
05P0738 DRV Board 05P0739 PA Board 05P0734 05P0739 W/R Board (option) PA Board 05P0734 05P0737 05P0744 W/R Board SW-REG Board RELAY Board 05P0747 REF OSC Board
05P0743 M-B Board (underneath)
05P0746 05P0731 05P0736 05P0751 PRESEL Board T-I/F Board TX FIL Board DSP Board 05P0732 (for NBDP) 05P0751 05P0740 T-CPU Board DSP Board 05P0733 COMB Board (for DSC) TX/RX Board
AP-26
APPENDIX

05P0744 RELAY Board 05P0737 SW-REG Board 05P0746 PRESEL Board 05P0733 TX/RX Board 05P0734 W/R Board
05P0747 REF OSC Board
05P0742 M-B Board (underneath)
05P0736 TX FIL Board
05P0735 PA Board
05P0731 05P0751 T-I/F Board DSP Board (for NBDP) 05P0751 DSP Board 05P0732 T-CPU Board
AP-27
APPENDIX
Control unit FS-2570C
05P0728 PANEL Board
05P0729 CPU Board
05P0730 C-I/F Board
AP-28
INDEX
1
1/ RT/2182 key ............................................1-3 DSC frequency table...................................... 4
E
Error messages......................................... 12-5
2
2/DSC key....................................................1-1
F
FILE/CURSOR key ..................................... 6-9 Frequency selection .................................... 2-3
4
4/Intcom key ................................................2-8
5
5/ ACK/SQ key.............................................1-4
G
Geographical area call receiving................................................ 5-22 sending.................................................. 5-19 Group call receiving................................................ 5-18 sending.................................................. 5-15
6
6/SCAN key ......................................... 1-3, 1-4
7
7/ key .......................................................1-4
8
8/PRINT key ................................................7-3
I
IA .........................................................2-4, 2-5 IC ................................................................ 2-5 Individual call automatic acknowledge ........................ 5-10 manual acknowledge ............................ 5-12 sending.................................................... 5-4 Intercom ...................................................... 2-8
9
9/ key......................................................1-2
A
Alarm menu .................................................7-1 All ships call receiving ..................................................5-3 sending ....................................................5-1 Antenna current ...........................................2-4 Auto ack menu.............................................7-2
L
Log file description............................................. 5-45 opening ................................................. 5-45 LOG/TUNE key ......................................... 5-45
C
Channel selection ........................................2-2 Contrast .......................................................1-2 Control description.......................................1-1
M
Medical transport call receiving................................................ 5-27 sending.................................................. 5-26 Menu tree ....................................................... 1
D
Daily test ....................................................12-1 Dimmer ........................................................1-2 Distress alert receiving on either VHF channel 70 or MF channel 2187.5 ....................................4-7 receiving on HF band ..............................4-9 sending ....................................................4-1 Distress relay on behalf of other ship, to all ships........4-16 on behalf of other ship, to coast station 4-13 receiving ................................................4-19 to coast station on HF band ....................4-9
N
NBDP Terminal Unit answerback code registration ................. 9-1 ARQ mode ............................................ 11-3 communications buffer........................ 11-10 edit menu [F2] ......................................... 8-6 FEC mode ............................................. 11-5 file creating............................................ 10-1 file deleting ............................................ 10-9 file editing .............................................. 10-5
IN-1
INDEX file menu [F1]...........................................8-6 file opening ............................................10-8 file renaming ..........................................10-9 file saving...............................................10-3 file saving under new name...................10-9 general test..........................................12-10 ID code registration .................................9-2 macrofiles ............................................ 11-10 manual calling........................................ 11-1 menu overview ........................................8-4 operate menu [F3] ...................................8-8 printing ...................................................10-9 receive mode ......................................... 11-5 scan channel group editing, deleting.......9-8 scan channel group registration ..............9-7 scanning ................................................ 11-9 station editing, deleting............................9-4 station menu [F5]...................................8-10 station registration ...................................9-3 system menu [F6] .................................. 8-11 terminal unit .............................................8-1 timer operation....................................... 11-8 timer program editing, deleting................9-6 timer program registration .......................9-5 tone test ............................................... 12-11 user channel editing, deleting .................9-7 user channel registration .........................9-6 window menu [F4] ...................................8-9 Neutral craft call receiving ................................................5-25 sending ..................................................5-23 Position entry (manual)............................... 1-5 POWER switch ........................................... 1-2 Print out menu............................................. 7-3 PSTN call charge information ................................ 5-43 receiving................................................ 5-42 sending.................................................. 5-38
R
RF................................................................ 2-5
S
Scan freq menu........................................... 7-4 Scan frequency setup ................................. 7-5 Scanning ..................................................... 1-4 Send message files geographical area call............................. 6-6 group call................................................. 6-4 individual call........................................... 6-1 printing .................................................. 6-10 PSTN call ................................................ 6-7 sending.................................................... 6-9 test call .................................................... 6-8
T
Test call ..................................................... 12-7 Time entry (manual).................................... 1-5 Transmitter power ....................................... 2-5 Troubleshooting ........................................ 12-5 Tuning ......................................................... 2-3
U
USER CH menu........................................ 2-10 User channels deleting.................................................. 2-12 registering ............................................. 2-10
P
Polling call receiving ................................................5-31 sending ..................................................5-28 Position call other ship requests your position ..........5-36 requesting other ships position.............5-34
V
VC ............................................................... 2-5 Volume menu .............................................. 7-6
IN-2

Furuno SSB Operator's Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Furuno SSB Operator's Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Furuno SSB Operator's Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

FS-1570 (150 W) FS-2570 (250 W)

All rights reserved.

FIRST EDITION : OCT. 2002 C : FEB. 03,2003

PUB.No. OME-56360 ( DAMI ) FS-1570/2570

Distress Alert Calling Procedure

Distress acknowledge call received.

Lead-in Insulator (High Voltage)

Name: Warning Label (1) Type: 86-003-1011-1 Code No.: 100-236-231

Name: Danger Label Type: 05-062-0213-0 Code No.: 100-199-230

2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE ............................................................................. 2-1

3 DSC OVERVIEW ........................................................................................... 3-1

4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS ............................................................................ 4-1

5 CALLING, RECEIVING.................................................................................. 5-1

6 PREPARING TX CALLS ............................................................................... 6-1

7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP ................................................................. 7-1

8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW......................................................................... 8-1

9 NBDP PREPARATIONS................................................................................ 9-1

10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS.......................................................................... 10-1

11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING ......................................................... 11-1

12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................. 12-1

APPENDIX ...................................................................................................... AP-1

LOUDSPEAKER SEM-21Q CONTROL UNIT FS-2570C HANDSET HS-2001 PRINTER PP-510

NBDP TERMINAL UNIT IB-581/IB-583

PRINTER INTERFACE IF-8500*

* = Required for NBDP Terminal and DSC to share printer.

CONTROL UNIT FS-2570C

AC/DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT PR-850A

POWER STATUS MONITOR PSM-01

Unit Preamp Unit Antenna Coupler Other Units

: STANDARD : OPTION : EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT

2.6 m whip antenna

Antenna Coupler AT-1560-25

INCOMING INDICATOR IC-303-DSC TRANSCEIVER UNIT FS-1570T

TELEX DISTRESS ALERT BUTTON IC-302-DSC or DISTRESS MESSAGE CONTROLLER DMC-5

PRINTER INTERFACE IF-8500*

* = Required for NBDP Terminal and DSC to share printer.

CONTROL UNIT FS-2570C

# = For distress watch keeping receiver

POWER STATUS MONITOR PSM-01

: STANDARD : OPTION : EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT

SPECIFICATIONS OF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE FS-1570/2570

Modulation AF Response 350 Hz to 2.7 kHz

Intermediate Frequency Selectivity

1.10 Audio Output Power

1.11 Standard Features

Noise Blanker, Voice-activated squelch, Pre-selector

2 DSC/WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER 2.1 DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING

2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.2.7

Receiving System Radiation

GENERAL WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER (FS-2570 ONLY, OPTION)

NBDP FUNCTION (OPTION) 3.1 GENERAL

4 TERMINAL UNIT 4.1 IB-583

5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8

Power Capability VSWR Tuning Speed Dummy Load

7.2 7.3 7.4

Terminal Unit Printer

AC/DC Power Supply Unit (option)